| Ch.1 p.1 para.1 sent.1 | I ke kamaʻilio ʻana i kēia kaʻao, ua ʻōlelo ʻia ma Lāʻie, Koʻolau kona wahi i hānau ai, a he mau māhoe lāua: ʻo Kahauokapaka ka makua kāne, ʻo Mālaekahana ka makuahine. | This tale was told at Laie, Koolau; here they were born, and they were twins; Kahauokapaka was the father, Malaekahana the mother. |
| Ch.1 p.1 para.1 sent.2 | ʻO Kahauokapaka naʻe, ʻo ia ke aliʻi nona nā ʻokana ʻelua ʻo Koʻolau Loa a me Koʻolau Poko. | Now Kahauokapaka was chief over two districts, Koolauloa and Koolaupoko, |
| Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.1 | I ka manawa i lawe ai ʻo Kahauokapaka iā Mālaekahana i wahine male nāna (hoʻāo), ma hope iho o ko lāua hoʻāo ʻana, haʻi mua ʻo Kahauokapaka i kāna ʻōlelo paʻa i mua o kāna wahine, ʻo lāua wale nō ma ke kaʻawale, ʻoiai i loko o ko lāua mau minuke ʻoluʻolu, a eia ua ʻōlelo paʻa lā, “E kuʻu wahine, he nani ia ua male aʻe nei kāua, a no laila, ke haʻi nei au i kuʻu ʻōlelo paʻa iā ʻoe. | At the time when Kahauokapaka took Malaekahana to wife, after their union, during those moments of bliss when they had just parted from the first embrace, Kahauokapaka declared his vow to his wife, and this was the vow: My wife, since we are married, therefore I will tell you my vow: |
| Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.3 | Na ia keiki e naʻi nā moku e pau ai ke loaʻa hoʻi iā kāua ke keiki mua, a he keiki kāne. | This child shall be the one to portion out the land, if fortune is ours in our first born and it is a boy; |
| Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.4 | Akā hoʻi, inā he kaikamahine ke hānau mua mai, a laila, e make, a inā he mau kaikamāhine wale nō kā kāua ke hānau mai, e make nō. | but if the first born is a daughter, then let her die;
however many daughters are born to us, let them die; |
| Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.5 | Aia nō ke ola a hānau mai a he keiki kāne, ola nā hānau muli inā he mau kaikamāhine.” | only one thing shall save them, the birth of a son shall save those daughters who come after." |
| Ch.1 p.1 para.3 sent.2 | Ua maikaʻi nā helehelena i ka nānā aku, a no ka maikaʻi o nā helehelena o ua kaikamahine nei, manaʻo ihola ka makuahine, ʻo ke kumu lā hoʻi ia e lilo ai ka ʻōlelo paʻa a Kahauokapaka i mea ʻole; ola lā hoʻi ua kaikamahine nei. | who was so beautiful to look upon, the mother thought that Kahauokapaka would disregard his vow; this child he would save. |
| Ch.1 p.1 para.3 sent.6 | A hiki ke aliʻi i ka hale, ua wahī ʻia ke kaikamahine i ke kapa keiki; kēnā koke aʻela ʻo Kahauokapaka i ka ilāmuku e pepehi. | The chief went to the house; the baby girl had been wrapped in swaddling clothes; Kahauokapaka at once ordered the executioner to kill it. |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.1 sent.2 | ʻO kēia naʻe ke kaikamahine ʻoi aku o ka maikaʻi ma mua o kēlā kaikamahine mua; manaʻo ihola e ola lā hoʻi. | more beautiful than the first; she thought to save it. |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.1 sent.4 | ʻIke aʻela ʻo Kahauokapaka i ke kaikamahine e hiʻi ʻia mai ana, ua hōʻaʻahu ʻia i ke kapa keiki. | Kahauokapaka saw the baby girl in its mother's arms wrapped in swaddling clothes; |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.1 sent.5 | I ia manawa, kēnā koke aʻela ke aliʻi i ka ilāmuku e pepehi. | then the chief at once ordered the executioner to kill it. |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.2 sent.2 | ʻAʻole naʻe i ola iki kekahi o ia mau hānau ʻana o Mālaekahana; ua pau wale nō i ka pepehi ʻia e like me ka ʻōlelo paʻa a ke aliʻi. | but she could not save them from being killed at birth according to the chief's vow. |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.3 sent.1 | A i ka hāpai hou ʻana o Mālaekahana i ke keiki, ʻo ka lima ia, a kokoke i nā lā hānau, hele akula kēlā a i mua o ke kahuna a ʻōlelo akula, “ʻĒ, ʻauhea ʻoe. | When for the fifth time Malaekahana conceived a child, near the time of its birth, she went to the priest and said, "Here! Where are you? |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.3 sent.2 | E nānā mai ʻoe i kēia ʻōpū oʻu e hāpai nei, no ka mea, ua pauaho aʻe nei hoʻi i ka pau o nā keiki i ka make i ka pākela pepehi a ke kāne. | Look upon this womb of mine which is with child, for I can no longer endure my children's death; the husband is overzealous to keep his vow; |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.3 sent.5 | Inā i ʻike ʻoe he kaikamahine, e ʻōmilomilo aʻe au, ʻoiai, ʻaʻole i hoʻokanaka aʻe ke keiki. | if you see it is to be a girl, I will kill it before it takes human shape. |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.4 sent.1 | A laila, ʻōlelo mai ke kahuna iā Mālaekahana, “O hoʻi a kokoke i ko lā hānau, a laila, hele mai ʻoe i oʻu nei i nānā aku au i kēia hāpai ʻana.” | The the priest said to Malaekahana, "Go home; just before the child is to be born come back to me that I may know what you are carrying." |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.5 sent.1 | A kokoke i nā lā hānau i ka malama ʻo ʻIkuā i nā lā kapu heiau, hoʻomanaʻo aʻela ʻo Mālaekahana i ke kauoha a ke kahuna. | At the time when the child was to be born, in the month of October, during the taboo season at the temple, Malaekahana remembered the priest's command. |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.5 sent.2 | Iā ia nei e nahunahu ana, hele akula kēia i mua o ke kahuna me ka ʻōlelo aku, “I hele mai nei au ma ke kauoha a ke kahuna, no ka mea, ke hoʻomaka mai nei ka nahunahu hānau keiki ʻana. | When the pains of childbirth were upon her, she came to the priest and said, "I come at the command of the priest, for the pains of childbirth are upon me; |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.6 sent.1 | Iā Mālaekahana me ke kahuna e kamaʻilio ana no kēia mau mea, a laila, haʻi akula ke kahuna i kāna ʻōlelo iā Mālaekahana, “E hailona aku au iā ʻoe. | As Malaekahana talked with the priest, he said: "I will show you a sign; |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.6 sent.3 | ”I ia manawa, nonoi akula ke kahuna iā Mālaekahana e hāʻawi mai i kekahi lima i mua o ke alo o ke kahuna e like nō me ka hailona mau o kēia lāhui, ma ka lima nō naʻe āna e makemake ai e hāʻawi aku i mua o ke kahuna. | The the priest asked Malaekahana to give him one of her hands, according to the sign used by this people, whichever hand she wished to give to the priest. |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.1 sent.1 | I ia manawa a ke kahuna i noi aku ai i kekahi lima, hāʻawi maila ʻo Mālaekahana i ka lima hema me ka hoʻohuli ʻia o ke alo o ka lima i luna. | Now, when the priest asked Makaekahana to give him one of her hands she presented the left, with the palm upward. |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.1 sent.2 | A laila, haʻi akula ke kahuna i ka hailona i kū i kāna ʻike, “E hānau hou ana nō ʻoe he kaikamahine, no ka mea, ua hāʻawi mai nei ʻoe i kou lima hema iaʻu me ka huli naʻe o ke alo o ka lima i luna. | The the priest told her the interpretation of the sign: "You will bear another daughter, for you have given me your left hand with the palm upward." |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.1 sent.3 | ”A no kēia ʻōlelo a ke kahuna, kaumaha loa ihola ka naʻau o Mālaekahana, no ka mea, ua kūmākena mau kēlā i ka pepehi mau a kāna kāne i nā keiki mua. | When the priest said this, the heart of Makaekahana was heavy, for she sorrowed over the slaying of the children by her husband; |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.1 sent.4 | No laila, noi akula ʻo Mālaekahana i ke kahuna e noʻonoʻo mai i mea pono ai ka wahine a e ola ai hoʻi ke keiki. | then Malaekahana besought the priest to devise something to help the mother and save the child. |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.2 sent.1 | A laila, haʻi akula ke kahuna i kāna mau ʻōlelo iā Mālaekahana, “E hoʻi ʻoe a ka hale. | Then the priest counseled Malaekahana, "Go back to the house; |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.2 sent.4 | A inā e hānau aʻe, a laila, naʻu e mālama ke keiki. | and when the child is born, then give it to me to take care of; |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.2 sent.5 | I hoʻi mai ia, ua lilo iaʻu ke keiki, a inā e nīnau mai, haʻi aku ʻoe he keiki ʻaluʻalu, a laila pau wale.” | when he comes back, the child will be in my charge, and if he asks, tell him it was an abortion, nothing more." |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.3 sent.2 | I ia manawa, nui loa maila ka nahunahu ʻana a ʻaneʻane e hānau, a laila, hoʻomanaʻo aʻela ʻo Mālaekahana i nā ʻōlelo a ke kahuna i aʻoaʻo mai ai iā ia. | and when the pains came upon her, almost at the moment of birth, then Malaekahana remembered the priest's counsel to her. |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.4 sent.3 | Iā lākou nō hoʻi e lawelawe ana i ke keiki mua, hānau hou maila he kaikamahine nō, a lilo aʻela iā Kapūkaʻihaoa a kapa ihola i ka inoa o ka muli ʻo Lāʻielohelohe. | As they were attending to the first child, a second was born, also a girl, and they named her Laielohelohe. |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.5 sent.1 | A lilo nā kaikamāhine ma ka lima o Waka a me Kapūkaʻihaoa ma ke kaʻawale, hoʻi maila ʻo Kahauokapaka mai ka lawaiʻa mai, nīnau ihola i ka wahine, “Pehea ʻoe?” | After the girls had been carried away in the arms of Waka and Kapukaihaoa, Kahauokapaka came back from the fishing, and asked his wife, "How are you?" |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.7 sent.1 | Ua akāka mua nō naʻe iā Kahauokapaka ka hānau iā lākou i ka moana, no ka mea, ʻelua hekili o ke kuʻi ʻana, manaʻo aʻela nō hoʻi ʻo Kahauokapaka ua hānau ka wahine. | Kahauokapaka already knew of the birth while he was on the ocean, for there came two claps of thunder; then he thought that the wife had given birth. |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.1 sent.1 | Iā Waka me Kapūkaʻihaoa ma ke kaʻawale me nā hānai a lāua, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Waka iā Kapūkaʻihaoa, “Pehea lā auaneʻi e nalo ai nā hānai a kāua iā Kahauokapaka?” | When Waka and Kapukaihaoa had taken their foster children away, Waka said to Kapukaihaoa, "How shall we hide our foster children from Kahauokapaka?" |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.2 sent.1 | I loko o ko Lāʻieikawai mau lā ma Waiʻāpuka, ua hoʻomau ʻia ka piʻo ʻana o ke ānuenue ma kēlā wahi i loko o ka manawa ua a me ka mālie, ʻo ka pō a me ke ao. | All the days that Laieikawai was at Waiapuka a rainbow arch was there constantly, in rain or calm, |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.2 sent.2 | Akā, ʻaʻole naʻe i hoʻomaopopo nā mea a pau i ke ʻano o kēia ānuenue, akā, ua hoʻomau ʻia kēia mau hailona aliʻi ma nā wahi i mālama ʻia ai ua mau māhoe nei. | yet no one understood the nature of this rainbow, but such signs as attend a chief were always present wherever the twins were guarded. |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.3 sent.2 | Noho ihola ʻo ia ma laila he iwakālua lā i kumu e ʻike maopopo ʻia ai ʻo ke ʻano o kāna mea e ʻike nei. | there he remained 20 days in order to be sure of the nature of the sign which he saw. |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.5 sent.2 | Ake akula ʻo ia e hālāwai me Poloʻula me ka manaʻo e noi aku i ke aliʻi i waʻa e hiki ai i Oʻahu. | and he desired to meet Poloula to ask the chief for a canoe to go to Oahu. |
| Ch.1 p.6 para.1 sent.3 | ʻIke akula kēia i ke ānuenue e piʻo ana ma Koʻolau Loa e like me kāna ʻike ʻana i kona mau lā i luna o Kalalea. | and saw the rainbow arching at Koolauloa, as he saw it when he was on Kalalea. |
| Ch.1 p.6 para.4 sent.1 | Ua noho ua makāula nei ma ke kaʻe o kēlā luawai a moe ʻo ia ma laila a ao ia pō. | The seer remained at the edge of the pool, and slept there until morning. |
| Ch.1 p.6 para.4 sent.2 | I ia kakahiaka ʻana aʻe, i ka manawa mōlehulehu, ala aʻela ʻo ia, ʻike akula kēlā i ka piʻo a ke ānuenue i uka o Kūkaniloko. | At daybreak, when it was dawn, he arose, saw the sign of the rainbow above Kukaniloko, |
| Ch.1 p.6 para.4 sent.4 | A hiki kēia i Honouliuli, ʻike akula ua makāula nei i ka piʻo o ke ānuenue i uka i Wahiawā. | and Honouliuli, where he saw the rainbow arching over Wahiawa; |
| Ch.2 p.7 para.1 sent.1 | A nele ka makāula i ka ʻike i kāna mea e ukali nei, haʻalele kēia iā Kamaoha, hiki kēia i luna pono o Kaʻala, a ma laila ʻo ia i ʻike ai, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i Molokaʻi. | When the seer failed to see the sign which he was following he left Kamaoha, climbed clear to the top of Kaala, and there saw the rainbow arching over Molokai. |
| Ch.2 p.7 para.1 sent.2 | No laila, haʻalele ka makāula i ia wahi, kaʻapuni hou iā Oʻahu nei, ʻo ka lua ia o kāna huakaʻi kaʻapuni ʻana i mea e hiki ai iā ia ke ʻike maopopo i kāna mea e ukali nei, no ka mea, ua ʻano ʻē ka hana a ke ānuenue no ka holoholokē ʻana i kēlā wahi kēia wahi. | Then the seer left the place and journeyed around Oahu; a second time he journeyed around in order to be sure of the sign he was following, for the rainbow acted strangely, resting now in that place, now in this. |
| Ch.2 p.7 para.2 sent.1 | I ka lā a ua makāula nei i haʻalele ai iā Kaʻala, hiki mua aku ʻo ia i luna o Kuamoʻokāne, aia hoʻi, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue o Molokaʻi, e kū ana ka pūnohu i uhi paʻa ʻia e nā ao hekili. | On the day when the seer left Kaala and climbed to the top of
Kuamooakane the rainbow bent again over Molokai, and there rested the end of the rainbow, covered out of sight with thunderclouds. |
| Ch.2 p.7 para.4 sent.1 | A no kēia mea, kūnou akula ka mea ma hope o ka waʻa i ke kanaka i luna o kua ʻiako e hoʻi hou ka waʻa i hope a hoʻonoho hou i ka makāula i Oʻahu nei, a ua like ka manaʻo o nā mea waʻa ma ia mea e hoʻihoʻi hope ka waʻa; e moe ana naʻe ka makāula i ia manawa. | So the paddler in front signed to the one at the rear to turn the canoe around and take the seer back as he slept. |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.1 sent.2 | I ia manawa, nalu ihola ka makāula i ke kumu o kēia hoʻi hou ʻana o ka waʻa, akā hoʻi, no ko ia nei makemake e ʻike maopopo i ka hana a nā mea waʻa, pule akula ʻo ia i kona akua iā Kūikaʻueke e hoʻoili mai i ka ʻino nui ma luna o ka moana. | Then the seer asked himself the reason. But just to see for himself what the canoe men were doing, he prayed to his god, to Kuikauweke, to bring a great tempest over the ocean. |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.4 sent.1 | A laila, ʻōlelo maila nā mea waʻa, “Ua uluhua māua no kou hiamoe a me ka ʻalalā mau o ko wahi puaʻa a me ke kani mau a ko wahi moa, no laila, kulikuli. | Then the men said: '"We two wearied of your constant sleeping and the pig's squealing and the cock's crowing; there was such a noise; |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.4 sent.2 | Mai ka holo ʻana mai nei nō kā ke kulikuli a hiki i kēia manawa. | from the time we left until now the noise has kept up. |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.5 sent.2 | Inā ʻo kuʻu noho wale ke kumu o ka hoʻi hou ʻana o ka waʻa o kākou i Oʻahu, a laila, ke ʻōlelo nei au ua hewa ka mea i luna o kua ʻiako, no ka mea, he noho wale iho no kāna, ʻaʻole āna hana.” | if you say the reason for your returning to Oahu was my idleness; for I tell you the trouble was with the man above on the seat, for he sat still and did nothing." |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.7 sent.1 | Iā lākou i hiki aku ai ma laila, aia hoʻi, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i Koʻolau e like me kāna ʻike ʻana i kona mau lā ma luna o Kuamoʻokāne. | When they reached there, lo! the rainbow arched over Koolau, as he saw it from Kuamooakane; |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.8 sent.2 | Iā ia nei ma laila, ʻike maopopo akula ʻo ia, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i luna o Malelewaʻa ma kahi nihinihi hiki ʻole ke hele ʻia. | Arrived there, he clearly saw the rainbow arching over Malelewaa, over a sharp ridge difficult to reach; |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.8 sent.3 | Aia naʻe ma laila kahi i hūnā ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ʻo ia a me kona kupuna wahine e like me ke kauoha mau a Kapūkaʻihaoa iā Waka ma ka hihiʻo, no ka mea, i ka makāula e holo mai ana ma ka moana, ua ʻike mua ʻē aku ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa i ka makāula a me kāna mau hana, no laila ʻo ia i ʻōlelo mau ai iā Waka ma ka hihiʻo e ʻāhaʻi mua iā Lāʻieikawai ma kahi hiki ʻole ke loaʻa. | there, in truth, was Laieikawai hidden, she and her grandmother, as Kapukaihaoa had commanded Waka in the vision. For as the seer was sailing over the ocean, Kapukaihaoa had fore-knowledge of what the prophet was doing, therefore he told Waka in a vision to carry Laieikawai away where she could not be found. |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.1 sent.2 | Aia naʻe, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i kahi hiki ʻole iā ia ke hele aku, akā, ua noʻonoʻo ka makāula i kekahi manawa i wahi e hiki ai ke ʻike i kāna mea e ukali nei, a waiho aku i kāna kānaenae i hoʻomākaukau mua ai. | Sure enough, there was the rainbow arching where he could not go. Then he considered for some time how to reach the place to see the person he was seeking and offer the sacrifice he had prepared, |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.2 sent.3 | A ala aʻela, nīnau akula ke kupuna wahine i kāna moʻopuna i ke kumu o ka hoʻāla ʻana. | and the grandmother awoke and asked her grandchild why she had roused her. |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.3 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻieikawai naʻe e kamaʻilio ana i ke kupuna wahine, hiki ihola ka hihiʻo ma o Waka lā, a ua like me kā ka moʻopuna e ʻōlelo ana. | As Laieikawai was speaking to her grandmother, the same vision came to Waka. |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.3 sent.2 | I ia manawa, ala naʻe lā lāua i ka wanaʻao a hele akula e like me ke kuhikuhi a Kapūkaʻihaoa iā lāua ma ka moeʻuhane. | Then they both arose at dawn and went as they had both been directed by Kapukaihaoa in a vision. |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.4 sent.1 | Haʻalele lāua i ia wahi, hiki aku lāua ma Keawanui, kahi i kapa ʻia ʻo Kalaeloa, a ma laila lāua i hālāwai ai me ke kanaka e hoʻomākaukau ana i ka waʻa e holo ai i Lānaʻi. | They left the place, went to Keawanui, to the place called Kaleloa, and there they met a man who was getting his canoe ready to sail for Lanai. |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.5 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo maila ka mea waʻa, “Ke ʻae nei wau e kau pū ʻolua me aʻu ma ka waʻa, akā, hoʻokahi nō hewa, ʻo koʻu kōkoʻolua ʻole e hiki ai ka waʻa.” | Said the canoe man: "I will take you both with me in the canoe; the only trouble is I have no mate to paddle the canoe." |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.6 sent.1 | I ia manawa a ka mea waʻa i hoʻopuka ai i kēia ʻōlelo “i kōkoʻolua hoe waʻa,” wehe aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona mau maka i uhi ʻia i ka ʻaʻahu kapa ma muli o ka makemake o ke kupuna wahine e hūnā loa i kāna moʻopuna me ka ʻike ʻole ʻia mai e nā mea ʻē aʻe a hiki i ko lāua hiki ʻana i Paliuli, akā, ʻaʻole pēlā ko ka moʻopuna manaʻo. | And as the man spoke this word, "a mate to paddle the canoe," Laieikawai drew aside the veil that covered her face because of her grandmother's wish completely to conceal her grandchild from being seen by anyone as they went on their way to Paliuli; but her grandchild thought otherwise. |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.7 sent.1 | I ka manawa naʻe a Lāʻieikawai i hōʻike ai i kona mau maka mai kona hūnā ʻia ʻana e kona kupuna wahine, luliluli aʻela ke poʻo o ke kupuna wahine ʻaʻole e hōʻike kāna moʻopuna iā ia iho, no ka mea, e lilo auaneʻi ka nani o kāna moʻopuna i mea pākūā wale. | When Laieikawai uncovered her face which her grandmother had concealed, the grandmother shook her head at her grandchild to forbid her showing it, lest the grandchild's beauty become thereafter nothing but a common thing. |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.7 sent.3 | Aia hoʻi, ua hoʻokuʻi ʻia mai ka mea waʻa e kona ʻiʻini nui no kāna mea e ʻike nei, a no kēia mea, noi akula ka mea waʻa i ke kupuna wahine me ka ʻōlelo aku, “E kuʻu loa aʻe ʻoe i nā maka o ko moʻopuna mai kona hoʻopūloʻu ʻia ʻana, no ka mea, ke ʻike nei wau ua ʻoi aku ka maikaʻi o kāu milimili ma mua o nā kaikamāhine kaukaualiʻi o Molokaʻi nei a me Lānaʻi.” | And lo! the man was pierced through with longing for the person he had seen. Therefore, the man entreated the grandmother and said: "Unloosen the veil from your grandchild's face, for I see that she is more beautiful than all the daughters of the chiefs round about Molokai and Lanai." |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.1 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ke kupuna wahine, “ʻAʻole e hiki iaʻu ke wehe aʻe iā ia, no ka mea, ʻo kona makemake nō ka hūnā iā ia iho. | The grandmother said: "I do not uncover her because she wishes to conceal herself." |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.3 sent.1 | A no ka hoʻopuka ʻana o ka mea waʻa i kēia ʻōlelo, a laila, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “E ke kamaʻāina o māua, e hele loa ana anei ʻoe? | When the canoe man had spoken thus, Laieikawai said, "Our host, shall you be gone long ? |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.3 sent.2 | No ka mea, ke ʻike leʻa nei māua i kou kauoha honua ʻana, me he mea lā, e hele loa ana ʻoe?” | for it looks from your charge as if you were to be away for good." |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.4 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ke kamaʻāina, “E ke kaikamahine, ʻaʻole pēlā. | Said the host, "O daughter, not so; |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.5 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a ka mea waʻa, ʻī akula ʻo Waka i ke kamaʻāina o lāua nei, “Inā ʻo ke kumu ia o kou hele ʻana i kauoha honua ai ʻoe i nā mea a pau o kou hale iā māua, a laila, ke ʻī aku nei wau he hiki iā māua ke kōkua iā ʻoe ma ka hoe ʻana.” | And at these words, Waka said to their host, "If that is the reason for your going away, leaving us in charge of everything in your house, then let me say, we can help you paddle." |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.7 sent.1 | A pau ke kamaʻilio ʻana a lākou i kēia mau ʻōlelo, haʻalele ihola ka mea waʻa iā lāua nei a hele akula e like me ka ʻōlelo hoʻoholo mua i loko ona. | When they had done speaking the paddler left them and went away as he had vowed. |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.1 sent.1 | A ma kekahi lā aʻe, i ke kakahiaka nui, loaʻa iā ia ka waʻa e holo ana i Kalaupapa. | The next day, in the morning, he found a canoe sailing to Kalaupapa, |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.1 sent.3 | Iā ia naʻe i hiki aku ai i Waikolu, ua hala mua aku ua makāula nei i Kalaupapa, akā, ʻo ka hana mau a ua wahi kanaka nei ke kūkala hele no Lāʻieikawai. | When he got to Waikolu the seer had already gone to Kalaupapa, but this man only stayed to spread the news of Laieikawai's arrival. |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.2 sent.3 | Ua ʻike i nā mea nui, nā mea liʻiliʻi, nā kāne, nā wāhine, nā kaukaualiʻi kāne, nā kaukaualiʻi wahine, ka nīʻaupiʻo, ke ohi. | I have seen the high and the low, men and women; low chiefs, the kaukaualii, men and women; high chiefs, the niaupio, and the ohi; |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.2 sent.4 | ʻAʻole wau i ʻike i kekahi ʻoi o lākou e like me kaʻu mea i ʻike ai, a ke ʻōlelo nei au, ʻo ia ka ʻoi ma mua o nā kaikamāhine kaukaualiʻi o Molokaʻi nei a puni a me kēia ʻaha nō hoʻi.” | but never have I beheld anyone to compare with this one whom I have seen; and I declare to you that she is more beautiful than any of the daughters of the chiefs on Molokai or even in this assembly." |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.3 sent.2 | A no ko ia nei manaʻo i lohe pono ʻia mai kāna ʻōlelo, oi pono loa akula ia i waena o ke anaina, kū ihola ʻo ia i mua o ka ʻaha, a kuehu aʻela ʻo ia i ka lepo o kona ʻaʻahu, a haʻi hou aʻela i ka ʻōlelo āna i ʻōlelo mua ai. | And wishing his words to be heard aright, he advanced into the
midst of the throng, stood before the assembly, and held up the border of his garment and repeated the words he had just spoken. |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.3 sent.3 | I loko o kēia manawa, lohe pono loa akula ke aliʻi nui o Molokaʻi i kēia leo, a laila, hoʻōki aʻela ke aliʻi i ka ʻaha i lohe ʻia aku ai ka ʻōlelo a kēia kanaka malihini e kūhea nei, no ka mea, i loko o ko ke aliʻi ʻike ʻana aku i ua wahi kanaka nei, ua hoʻopiha ʻia kona mau maka i ka ʻoliʻoli me ke ʻano pīhoihoi. | Now the high chief of Molokai heard his voice plainly, so the chief quieted the crowd and listened to what the stranger was shouting about, for as he looked at the man he saw that his face was full of joy and gladness. |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.3 sent.4 | Kāhea ʻia akula ua wahi kanaka nei ma muli o ke kauoha a ke aliʻi, a hele maila i mua o ke aliʻi, a nīnau akula, “He aha kou mea e nui nei kou leo i mua o ka ʻaha me ka maka ʻoliʻoli?” | At the chief's command the man was summoned before the chief and he asked, "What news do you proclaim aloud with glad face before the assembly?" |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.4 sent.1 | A laila haʻi maila kēlā i ke kumu o kona kāhea ʻana a me kona ʻoliʻoli i mua o ke aliʻi, “Ma ke kakahiaka nui o ka lā i nehinei, e lawelawe ana wau i ka waʻa no ka manaʻo e holo i Lānaʻi, hōʻea mai ana kēia wahine me ke kaikamahine. | Then the man told why he shouted and why his face was glad in the presence of the chief: ''In the early morning yesterday, while I was working over the canoe, intending to sail to Lanai, a certain woman came with her daughter, |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.4 sent.2 | ʻAʻole naʻe au i ʻike leʻa i ke ʻano o ua kaikamahine lā, akā, i loko o ko māua wā kamaʻilio, hoʻopuka maila ke kaikamahine i kona mau maka mai kona hūnā ʻia ʻana. | but I could not see plainly the daughter's face. But while we were talking the girl unveiled her face. |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.5 sent.1 | A lohe ke aliʻi i kēia ʻōlelo, nīnau akula, “Inā ua like kona maikaʻi me kuʻu kaikamahine nei lā, a laila, ua nani ʻiʻo,” a no kēia nīnau a ke aliʻi, noi akula ua wahi kanaka nei e hōʻike ʻia mai ke kaikamahine aliʻi i mua ona, a lawe ʻia maila ʻo Kaʻulaʻailehua, ke kaikamahine a ke aliʻi. | When the chief heard these words he said, "If she is as good looking as my daughter, then she is beautiful indeed." At this saying of the chief, the man begged that the chiefess be
shown to him, and Kaulaailehua, the daughter of the chief, was brought thither. |
| Ch.2 p.12 para.1 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ua wahi kanaka nei, “E ke Aliʻi! | Said the man, |
| Ch.2 p.12 para.2 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ke aliʻi, “ʻĒ! | Replied the chief, |
| Ch.2 p.12 para.2 sent.3 | Ke hōʻole aʻe nei ʻoe i kā mākou maikaʻi e ʻike nei, no ka mea, ʻo ko Molokaʻi ʻoi nō kēia.” | that you scorn our beauty here, who is the handsomest girl in Molokai." |
| Ch.2 p.12 para.3 sent.1 | A laila, ʻōlelo akula kahi kanaka i ke aliʻi me ka wiwo ʻole, “No koʻu ʻike i ka maikaʻi, koʻu mea nō ia i ʻōlelo kaena ai.” | Then the man said fearlessly to the chief, "Of my judgment of beauty I can speak with confidence." |
| Ch.2 p.12 para.4 sent.1 | I ia manawa a kahi kanaka e kamaʻilio ana me ke aliʻi, e noho ana ka makāula i ia manawa e hoʻolohe ana i ke ʻano o ke kamaʻilio ʻana. | As the man was talking with the chief, the seer remained listening to the conversation; it just came to him that this was the one whom he was seeking. |
| Ch.2 p.12 para.4 sent.3 | Iā lāua ma kahi kaʻawale, nīnau pono akula ka makāula i ua wahi kanaka nei, “Ua ʻike nō anei ʻoe i kēlā kaikamahine ma mua āu e kamaʻilio nei i ke aliʻi?” | When they were alone, the seer asked the man directly, "Did you know that girl before about whom you were telling the chief?" |
| Ch.3 p.13 para.1 sent.2 | Nānā akula ʻo ia, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i kahi a ua wahi kanaka nei i ʻōlelo ai iā ia, a laila, hoʻomaopopo leʻa ihola ka makāula, ʻo kāna mea nō e ukali nei. | there he saw the rainbow arching over the place which the man had described to him; so he was sure that this was the person he was following. |
| Ch.3 p.13 para.2 sent.2 | Ua hiki ʻole iā ia ke ʻike aku i ka mea āna i ʻike ai i luna o Kawela, akā, ua moe ka makāula ma laila i ia pō me ka manaʻo i ke kakahiaka e ʻike ai i kāna mea e ʻimi nei. | By this time it was very dark; he could not see the sign he saw from Kawela; but the seer slept there that night, thinking that at daybreak he would see the person he was seeking. |
| Ch.3 p.13 para.3 sent.1 | I kēlā pō a ka makāula e moe ai i Kaʻamola, aia hoʻi, ua hiki ka ʻōlelo kauoha a Kapūkaʻihaoa iā Lāʻieikawai ma ka moeʻuhane e like me ke kuhikuhi iā lāua i loko o ko lāua mau lā ma Malelewaʻa. | That night, while the seer was sleeping at Kaamola, then came
the command of Kapukaihaoa to Laieikawai in a dream, just as he had directed them at Malelewaa. |
| Ch.3 p.13 para.4 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻieikawai mā i haʻalele ai iā Kalaeloa i ia kakahiaka, ala aʻela ka makāula, e kū ana ka pūnohu i ka moana a me ka uakoko, aia naʻe, ua uhi paʻapū ʻia ka moana e ka noe a me ke ʻawa ma waena o Molokaʻi a me Lānaʻi. | After Laieikawai and her companion had left Kalaeloa, at daybreak, the seer arose and saw that clouds and falling rain obscured the sea between Molokai and Lanai with a thick veil of fog and mist. |
| Ch.3 p.13 para.4 sent.2 | ʻEkolu mau lā o ka uhi paʻapū ʻana o kēia noe i ka moana, a i ka ʻehā o ko ka makāula mau lā ma Kaʻamola i ke kakahiaka nui, ʻike akula ʻo ia, e kū ana ka ʻōnohi i luna pono o Maunalei, akā, ua nui loa ka minamina o ka makāula no ka hālāwai ʻole me kāna mea e ʻimi nei. | Three days the veil of mist hid the sea, and on the fourth day of the seer's stay at Kaamola, in the very early morning, he saw an end of the rainbow standing right above Maunalei. Now the seer regretted deeply not finding the person he was seeking; |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.2 sent.2 | A haʻalele kēia i ia wahi, hiki kēia i Kaʻuiki, a ma laila ʻo ia i kūkulu ai i wahi heiau kahi hoʻi e hoʻomana ai i kona akua, ka mea hiki ke kuhikuhi i kāna mea e ʻimi nei. | He left the place, went to Kauwiki, and there built a place of worship to call upon his god as the only one to guide him to the person he was seeking. |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.3 sent.1 | A pau ke kapu heiau a ua makāula nei ma Kaʻuiki i nā pō ʻo Kāne a me Lono paha, a laila, ʻike maopopo ʻia akula ke kālaʻe ʻana o ka ʻāina a puni ʻo Hawaiʻi, a ua waiho pono mai nā kuahiwi. | At the end of the days of consecration of the temple, while the seer was at Kauwiki, near the night of the gods Kane and Lono, the land of Hawaii cleared and he saw to the summit of the mountains. |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.5 sent.3 | A pau ia malama ʻokoʻa i ka hoʻomanawanui ʻia e ia a i kekahi malama aʻe i ka lā ʻo Kūkahi i ke ahiahi ma mua o ka napoʻo ʻana o ka lā, komo akula ʻo ia i loko o kona wahi heiau kahi i hoʻomākaukau ai no kona akua, a pule akula ʻo ia. | The whole month passed in patient waiting; and in the next month, on the second day of the month, in the evening, before the sun had gone down, he entered the place of worship prepared for his god and prayed. |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.6 sent.1 | Iā ia e pule ana a i ka waenakonu o ka manawa, kū maila i mua o ua makāula nei ke kāhoaka o Lāʻieikawai a me kona kupuna wahine, a no kēia mea, hoʻoniau akula ʻo ia i ka pule ʻana; ʻaʻole naʻe i haʻalele kēlā kāhoaka iā ia a hiki i ka māʻamaʻama ʻana. | As he prayed, in the midst of the place appeared to the seer the spirit forms of Laieikawai and her grandmother; so he left off praying, nor did those spirits leave him as long as it was light. |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.7 sent.1 | I ia pō iho, i loko o kona manawa hiamoe, hālāwai maila kona akua me ia ma ka hihiʻo, ʻī maila, “Ua ʻike au i kou luhi a me kou hoʻomanawanui ʻana me ke ake e loaʻa iā ʻoe ka moʻopuna a Waka me kou manaʻo hoʻi e loaʻa kou pōmaikaʻi no kāna moʻopuna mai. | That night, in his sleep, his god came to him in a vision and said; "I have seen the pains and the patience with which you have striven to find Waka's grandchild, thinking to gain honor through her grandchild. |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.7 sent.2 | I loko o kāu pule ʻana, ua hiki iaʻu ke kuhikuhi e loaʻa nō ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā ʻoe ma waena o Puna a me Hilo i loko o ka ulu lāʻau e noho ana i loko o ka hale i uhi ʻia i nā hulu melemele o ka ʻōʻō. | Your prayers have moved me to show you that Laieikawai dwells between Puna and Hilo in the midst of the forest, in a house made of the yellow feathers of the oo bird '"; |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.7 sent.5 | ʻAʻole e hiki iā ia ke moe i ia pō a ao. | and did not sleep the rest of the night until morning. |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.1 sent.1 | I ia pō a ao aʻe i ke kakahiaka nui, iā ia ma luna o Kaʻuiki, ʻike akula ʻo ia i ke kīlepalepa a ka peʻa o ka waʻa i lalo o Kaihalulu. | And when it was day, in the early morning, as he was on Kauwiki, he saw the flapping of the sail of a canoe down at Kaihalulu. |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.1 sent.2 | Holo wikiwiki akula ʻo ia a hiki i ke awa, nīnau akula i kahi a kēia waʻa e holo ai, haʻi ʻia maila, “E holo ana i Hawaiʻi,” a noi akula ʻo ia e kau pū me lākou ma ka waʻa, a ʻae ʻia maila ʻo ia e holo pū me lākou. | He ran quickly and came to the landing, and asked the man where the boat was going. The man said, "It is going to Hawaii"; thereupon he entreated the man to take him, and the latter consented. |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.4 sent.2 | A i ke kakahiaka ʻana aʻe, haʻalele ka makāula i nā mea waʻa, piʻi akula ʻo ia a hiki i Lamaloloa a komo akula i Pāhauna ka heiau. | and in the morning the seer left the paddlers, ascended to Lamaloloa, and entered the temple of Pahauna, |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.5 sent.1 | Ua nui loa nā lā ona ma laila o ka noho ʻana, ʻaʻole naʻe ʻo ia i ʻike i kāna mea e ʻimi ai, akā, ma kona ʻano makāula, hoʻomau akula ʻo ia i ka pule i ke akua e like me kona mau lā ma Kaʻuiki. | Many days he remained there without seeing the sign he sought; but in his character as seer he continued praying to his god as when he was on Kauwiki, |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.5 sent.2 | A no ka pule hoʻomau a ua makāula nei, ua loaʻa hou iā ia ke kuhikuhi ʻana e like me kēlā hōʻike iā ia ma Kaʻuiki. | and in answer to the seer's prayer, he had again the same sign that was shown to him on Kauwiki. |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.1 sent.2 | Ua hoʻokō ʻia nō naʻe e like me ke kauoha, ua noho ʻo Lāʻieikawai ma Paliuli a hiki i kona hoʻokanaka makua ʻana. | The command was carried out. Laieikawai dwelt at Paliuli until she was grown to maidenhood. |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.3 sent.1 | A laila, haʻi akula ʻo Kauakahialiʻi i kona hele ʻana penei, “I koʻu hele ʻana mai ʻaneʻi aku, ma muli o ke aloha o ka wahine, a puni Oʻahu a me Maui, ʻaʻole i loaʻa iaʻu kekahi wahine e like me Kaʻiliokalauokekoa nei. | Then Kauakahialii told of his journey as follows: "Seeking hence after the love of woman, I traversed Oahu and Maui, but found no other woman to compare with this Kailiokalauokekoa here. |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.4 sent.1 | A laila, haʻi akula ʻo Kauakahialiʻi, “I ka pō mua ma hope iho o ko lāua hālāwai ʻana me kuʻu wahi kahu nei, haʻi maila ʻo ia i kona manawa e hiki mai ai i kahi o ko mākou wahi e noho ana, a haʻi maila nō hoʻi ʻo ia i nā hōʻailona o kona hiki ʻana mai, no ka mea, ua ʻōlelo aku kuʻu wahi kahu nei i kāne au na ua wahine nei me ke koi aku nō hoʻi e iho pū mai lāua me ua wahi kahu nei oʻu, akā, ua haʻi mai kēlā i kāna ʻōlelo, 'E hoʻi ʻoe a ko hānai, kuʻu kāne hoʻi āu e ʻōlelo mai nei, ʻōlelo aku ʻoe iā ia, a kēia pō wau hiki aku. | Then said Kauakahialii: "On the first night that she met my man she told him at what time she would reach the place where we were staying and the signs of her coming, for my man told her I was to be her husband and entreated her to come down with him; but she said: 'Go back to this ward of yours who is to be my husband and tell him this night I will come. |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.1 sent.5 | No kuʻu manaʻo he wahaheʻe na kuʻu wahi kahu, no laila, kauoha aʻe ana wau i ka ilāmuku e hoʻopaʻa i ke kaula, akā, ua hala ʻē ua wahi kahu nei oʻu i uka o Paliuli e nīnau aku i ua wahine nei i ke kumu o kona hiki ʻole ʻana i kai i ia pō me ka haʻi aku nō hoʻi e make ana ia. | Thinking my man had lied, I ordered the executioner to bind ropes about him; but he had left me for the uplands of Paliuli to ask the woman why she had not come down that night and to tell her he was to die. |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.3 sent.2 | Ua puka mua aʻe lākou nei (Kaʻiliokalauokekoa mā) i ke ao. | Kailiokalauokekoa's party had returned |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.3 sent.3 | I ua pō nei, e kaʻao ana nō ʻo ia nei iā mākou, i ke kihi o ke ahiahi, kani ana ka leo o ka ʻaʻo. | and she was recounting her adventures, when just at the edge of the evening rang the note of the oo; |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.3 sent.4 | I ka pili o ke ahiahi, kani ana ka leo o ka ʻalalā. | at 9 in the evening rang the note of the alala; |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.3 sent.5 | I ke kau, kani ka leo o ka ʻelepaio. | at midnight rang the note of the elepaio; |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.3 sent.6 | I ka pili o ke ao, kani ana ka leo o ka ʻapapane, a i ka ʻōwehewehe ʻana o ke alaula, kani ana ka leo o ka ʻiʻiwipōlena. | at dawn rang the note of the apapane; and at the first streak of light rang the note of the iiwipolena; |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.3 sent.7 | I ia kani ʻana nō hoʻi, malu ana ke aka ma ka puka o ka hale, aia hoʻi, ua paʻa ʻo loko i ka noe. | as soon as it sounded there fell the shadow of a figure at the door of the house. Behold! the room was thick with mist, |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.5 sent.2 | No laila, haʻi aku ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo i mua o Kauakahialiʻi, “Ke haʻohaʻo nei wau i kēia wahine, no ka mea, ʻo wau ka mea nāna i kaʻapuni kēia mau mokupuni, ʻaʻole wau i ʻike i kekahi wahine e kau mai i luna o ka ʻēheu o nā manu, me he mea lā, no Kūkulu o Tahiti mai ia wahine, no loko o Moaʻulanuiākea.” | Then he said to Kauakahialii: "I marvel what this woman may be, for I am a man who has made the whole circuit of the islands, but I never saw any woman resting on the wings of birds. It may be she is come hither from the borders of Tahiti, from within Moaulanuiakea." |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.7 sent.1 | A pau ke kamaʻilio ʻana a nā aliʻi no kēia mau mea a me ka walea ʻana e like me ka mea mau o ka puka malihini ʻana, a ma hope koke iho o ia mau lā, lawe aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kahi o Kauakahialiʻi i kanaka lawelawe i mua o kona alo me ka manaʻo o ʻAiwohikupua, ʻo kēlā wahi kanaka ka mea e loaʻa ai ko ke aliʻi makemake. | The chiefs' reception was ended and the accustomed ceremonies on the arrival of strangers performed. And soon after those days Aiwohikupua took Kauakahialii's man to minister in his presence, thinking that this man would be the means to attain his desire. |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.7 sent.2 | A no kēia kumu, hoʻolilo loa aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ua wahi kanaka nei i poʻo kiʻekiʻe ma luna o nā mea a pau, ʻo ko ke aliʻi mau ʻāina a pau a me nā kānaka a pau loa, nā aliʻi a me nā makaʻāinana, ma kona ʻano kuhina nui. | Therefore Aiwohikupua exalted this man to be head over all things, over all the chief's land, over all the men, chiefs, and common people, as his chief counsellor. |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.7 sent.3 | A lilo aʻela ua wahi kanaka nei i mea nui, huāhuā maila nā punahele mua a ʻAiwohikupua, akā, he mea ʻole lākou i ko ke aliʻi manaʻo. | As this man became great, jealous grew the former favorites of Aiwohikupua, but this was nothing to the chief. |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.1 sent.1 | Ma hope iho o ka lilo ʻana o ua wahi kanaka nei i mea nui i mua o ke aliʻi me he kuhina nui lā, a ʻo ia ka hoa kūkā mau o ke aliʻi ma nā mea e leʻaleʻa ai ke aliʻi me ka manaʻo aku o ka poʻe ʻē, e kūkā ana ma nā mea pili i ka ʻāina a me nā waiwai e like me ka mea mau i ka noho aliʻi ʻana. | After this man had become great before the chief, even his high counsellor, they consulted constantly together about those matters which pleased the chief, while the people thought they discussed the administration of the land and of the substance which pertained to the chief; |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.1 sent.2 | Eia kā, ʻo Lāʻieikawai nō kā lāua kūkā mau a he ʻuʻuku ke kūkā ma nā mea ʻē aʻe. | but it was about Laieikawai that the two talked and very seldom about anything else. |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.2 sent.3 | Inā i ʻōlelo ʻia mai he mau wāhine maikaʻi, ʻaʻole nō hoʻi au e hāʻawi i koʻu kino e komo aku ma ke ʻano kolohe, he ʻole loa nō, no ka mea, he kanaka hana pono ʻole ʻia wau e nā wāhine mai koʻu wā ʻōpiopio mai a hiki i koʻu hoʻokanaka makua ʻana. | no matter how beautiful she is reported to be, nor will I get into mischief with a woman, not with anyone at all. For I have been ill-treated by women from my youth up. |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.2 sent.4 | Aia nō kaʻu wahine aʻe ke kiʻi mai no kekahi mau ʻāina ʻē mai. | She shall be my wife who comes hither from other islands, |
| Ch.4 p.22 para.3 sent.1 | I loko o ko ʻAiwohikupua lohe ʻana iā Kauakahialiʻi a me ko lāua kūkā mau ʻana me kona kuhina nui no Lāʻieikawai, a laila, manaʻopaʻa aʻela ke aliʻi no Tahiti mai ua wahine lā. | When Aiwohikupua had heard Kauakahialii's story, after conferring long with his high counsellor about Laieikawai, then the chief was convinced that this was the woman from Tahiti. |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.4 sent.1 | I kekahi lā i ke awakea, hiamoe ihola ke aliʻi, loaʻa ihola ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā ʻAiwohikupua ma ka moeʻuhane. | Next day, at midday, the chief slept and Laieikawai came to Aiwohikupua in a dream |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.4 sent.3 | A puoho aʻela ke aliʻi, he moeʻuhane kāna. | When he awoke, lo! |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.5 sent.1 | I loko o ia ala ʻana aʻe, aia hoʻi, he mea minamina loa i ke aliʻi i kona ʻike ʻana iā Lāʻieikawai ma ka moeʻuhane, no ka mea, ua ala ʻē mai ka hiamoe o ke aliʻi. | he sorrowed after the vision of Laieikawai, because he had awakened so soon out of sleep; |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.5 sent.2 | A no ia mea, makemake ihola ke aliʻi e loaʻa hou iā ia i ka hiamoe lōʻihi ʻana ma ia awakea i kumu e ʻike hou aku ai i kāna mea i ʻike ai ma ka moeʻuhane. | therefore he wished to prolong his midday nap in order to see again her whom he had beheld in his dream. |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.6 sent.1 | Hoʻāʻo hou ihola ke aliʻi e hiamoe hou, loaʻa hou nō ʻo Lāʻieikawai ma ka hihiʻo pōkole loa. | The chief again slept, and again Laieikawai came to him for a moment, |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.6 sent.3 | A no kēia mea, ua ʻano ʻē loa ko ke aliʻi manaʻo. | For this reason his mind was troubled |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.6 sent.4 | I ia manawa ka hoʻopuka ʻana a ke aliʻi i ʻōlelo paʻa i mua o kona mau mea a pau, penei nō ia, “ʻAuhea ʻoukou. | and the chief made oath before all his people: "Where are you? |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.6 sent.8 | ʻO ia ihola ka ʻōlelo paʻa a ke aliʻi, no ka mea, ua makemake loa ke aliʻi e loaʻa iā ia ka hiamoe lōʻihi i kumu e launa hou ai lāua ma ka moeʻuhane me Lāʻieikawai. | The chief took this oath because of his strong desire to sleep longer in order to make Laieikawai's acquaintance in his dream. |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.7 sent.1 | A pau kā ke aliʻi ʻōlelo ʻana no kēia mau mea, hoʻomaka hou ʻo ia e hiamoe. | After speaking all these words, he tried once more to sleep, |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.8 sent.1 | I loko o kēia hana a ke aliʻi, ʻaʻole naʻe ʻo ia i haʻi aku i kēia mea āna e ʻike nei ma ka moeʻuhane. | During all this time he did not tell anyone about what he saw in the dream; |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.8 sent.2 | Ua hūnā loa ke aliʻi i kona hoa kūkā mau. | the chief hid it from his usual confidant, |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.9 sent.1 | A no ka makemake loa o ke aliʻi e loaʻa mau iā ia ka moeʻuhane mau no Lāʻieikawai, kauoha aʻela ʻo ia i kona kuhina nui e mama i ʻawa, a no laila, hoʻolale koke aʻela ke kuhina i nā mea mama ʻawa o ke aliʻi e mama i ka ʻawa. | And because of the chief's longing to dream often, he commanded his chief counsellor to chew awa. So the counsellor summoned the chiefs awa chewers |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.9 sent.2 | A mākaukau ko ke aliʻi makemake a lawe ʻia maila, inu ihola ke aliʻi me kona kuhina a oki maila ka ʻona a ka ʻawa. | and made ready what the chief commanded, and he brought it to him, and the chief drank with his counsellor and drunkenness possessed him. |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.9 sent.3 | Kau koke maila naʻe i luna o ke aliʻi ka hāliʻaliʻa aloha o Lāʻieikawai, me he mea ala, ua launa kino ma mua. | Then close above the chief rested the beloved image of Laieikawai as if they were already lovers. |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.9 sent.4 | A laila, hāpai aʻela ia i wahi ʻōlelo ma ke mele penei: | Then he raised his voice in song, as follows: |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.10 sent.3 | E ke ahe makani Puʻulena o ka lua, | By the light keen wind of the fiery pit. |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.1 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ke kuhina o ke aliʻi ma hope iho o ka pau ʻana o ke mele ʻana, “He mea kupanaha! ʻAʻole hoʻi āu wahine a kāua e noho nei, akā, i loko o kāu mele e heluhelu nei, me he wahine lā kāu.” | Said the counsellor to the chief, after he had ended his singing, "This is strange! You have had no woman since we two have been living here, yet in your song you chanted as if you had a woman here." |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.2 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ke aliʻi, “Ua oki nā ʻōlelo a kāua, no ka mea, ke oki mai nei ka ʻona o ka ʻawa iaʻu.” | Said the chief. "Cut short your talk, for I am cut off by the drink." |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.2 sent.2 | I loko o ia manawa, hāʻule akula ke aliʻi i ka hiamoe nui, ʻo ke oki nō ia, no ka mea, ua poina loa ka hiamoe o ke aliʻi. | Then the chief fell into a deep sleep and that ended it, for so heavy was the chiefs sleep |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.2 sent.3 | Ua ʻike ʻole ke aliʻi i kāna mea e manaʻo ai. | that he saw nothing of what he had desired. |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.3 sent.1 | Hoʻokahi pō, hoʻokahi ao o ka moe ʻana, mama ka ʻona ʻawa o ke aliʻi. | A night and a day the chief slept while the effects of the awa lasted. |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.3 sent.2 | ʻŌlelo akula ke aliʻi i kona hoa kūkā, “Ma kēia ʻona ʻawa o kāua, ʻaʻole i waiwai iki.” | Said the chief to his counsellor, "No good at all has come from this awa drinking of ours." |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.5 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ke aliʻi, “ʻAʻole hoʻi paha ʻo ia, ʻo ka ʻike akula hoʻi paha lā iā Lāʻieikawai, a laila, waiwai ka ʻona ʻana o ka ʻawa.” | Said the chief, "Not so, but to see Laieikawai, that is the good of awa drinking." |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.6 sent.1 | Ma hope iho o ia manawa, hoʻomau akula ke aliʻi i ka inu ʻawa a hala nā lā he nui; ua like paha me hoʻokahi makahiki. | After this the chief kept on drinking awa many days, perhaps a year, |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.6 sent.2 | ʻAʻole naʻe ke aliʻi i ʻike i ka waiwai o ia hana ʻana, no laila, hoʻopau ihola ke aliʻi i ia hana. | but he gained nothing by it, so he quit it. |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.7 sent.1 | Ma hope iho o ko ke aliʻi hoʻopau ʻana no ka inu ʻawa, ʻakahi nō a haʻi aku ke aliʻi i ka loaʻa ʻana o Lāʻieikawai ma ka moeʻuhane a me ke kumu o kona hoʻomau ʻana i ka inu ʻawa, a haʻi pū akula nō hoʻi ke aliʻi i ke kumu o kona kau ʻana i kānāwai paʻa, no ka mea, walaʻau i loko o kona wā hiamoe. | It was only after he quit awa drinking that he told anyone how Laieikawai had come to him in the dream and why he had drunk the awa and also why he had laid the command upon them not to talk while he slept. |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.8 sent.1 | Iā lāua e kamaʻilio ana no kēia mau mea, a laila, hoʻomaopopo loa aʻela ke aliʻi e holo i Hawaiʻi e ʻike iā Lāʻieikawai. | After talking over all these things, then the chief fully decided to go to Hawaii to see Laieikawai. |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.8 sent.2 | I ia wā ka hoʻopuka ʻana o lāua i ʻōlelo hoʻoholo no ke kiʻi iā Lāʻieikawai i wahine male. | At this time they began to talk about getting Laieikawai for a wife. |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.9 sent.1 | I ka pau ʻana o nā lā ʻino a hiki mai ka manawa kūpono no ka holo moana, kauoha aʻela ke kuhina i nā kāpena waʻa o ke aliʻi e hoʻomākaukau i nā wāʻa no ka holo i Hawaiʻi i ia pō iho. | At the close of the rough season and the coming of good weather for sailing, the counsellor ordered the chief's sailing masters to make the double canoe ready to sail for Hawaii that very night; |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.9 sent.2 | I ia manawa ke koho ʻana a ke aliʻi i nā hoe waʻa kūpono ke holo pū, ko ke aliʻi mau iwikuamoʻo ponoʻī. | and at the same time he appointed the best paddlers out of the chief's personal attendants. |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.10 sent.1 | Ma mua o ka napoʻo ʻana o ka lā, kauoha ʻia ka poʻe nānā uli o ke aliʻi a me nā kilokilo e nānā i nā ʻōuli o ke ao a me ka moana inā he hiki i ke aliʻi ke hele, a inā he hiki ʻole e like me ka mea mau. | Before the going down of the sun the steersmen and soothsayers were ordered to observe the look of the clouds and the ocean to see whether the chief could go or not on his journey, according to the signs. |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.10 sent.2 | Akā, ua maopopo i kona poʻe nānā uli a kilokilo hoʻi, he hiki i ke aliʻi ke hele i kāna huakaʻi. | And the steersmen as well as soothsayers saw plainly that he might go on his journey. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.1 sent.1 | A i ka wanaʻao, i ka puka ʻana o ka Hōkūhoʻokelewaʻa, kau akula ke aliʻi a me kona kuhina, nā hoe waʻa he ʻumikumamāono, nā hoʻokele ʻelua, he iwakālua ko lākou nui ma luna o nā kaulua, a holo akula. | And in the early morning at the rising of the canoe-steering star the chief went on board with his counsellor and his sixteen paddlers and two steersmen, twenty of them altogether in the double canoe, and set sail. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.1 sent.3 | I ia wanaʻao, haʻalele lākou i ia wahi, hiki mua lākou i Mōkapu, a ma laila lākou i noho ai he ʻumi lā, no ka mea, ua loʻohia lākou i ka ʻino; hiki ʻole ke holo i Molokaʻi. | In the early morning they left this place and went first to Mokapu and stayed there ten days, for they were delayed by a storm and could not go to Molokai. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.2 sent.1 | Iā lākou ma Kīpahulu, hoʻoholo aʻela ke aliʻi i ʻōlelo e hele wāwae ma uka a ma nā waʻa nā kānaka. | At Kipahulu the chief said he would go along the coast afoot and the men by boat. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.2 sent.2 | Ma kahi naʻe a lākou i noho ai, ua nui ka poʻe mahalo no ʻAiwohikupua no ke kanaka maikaʻi. | Now wherever they went the people applauded the beauty of Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.3 sent.2 | Ma uka nō ke aliʻi me kona kuhina, ma nā waʻa nō nā kānaka. | the chief and his counsellor by land, the men by canoe. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.3 sent.3 | I ke aliʻi naʻe e hele ana, he nui ka poʻe i ukali iā lāua no ka makemake iā ʻAiwohikupua. | On the way a crowd followed them for admiration of Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.3 sent.4 | Iā lākou i hiki aku ai ma ke awa pae waʻa o Haneoʻo i Hāna, he nui ka poʻe i lulumi mai e mākaʻikaʻi i ke aliʻi no ka pākela o ka maikaʻi. | When they reached the canoe landing at Haneoo at Hana the people crowded to behold the chief, because of his exceeding beauty. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.4 sent.2 | I loko hoʻi o ko lāua ʻike ʻana i ua kaikamahine aliʻi nei o Hāna, a laila, ua hoʻopuni ʻia ke aliʻi kāne a me kona kuhina e nā kuko, a ʻo ia nō hoʻi ke kumu o ko ʻAiwohikupua mā noho ʻana ma laila i ia lā. | When they saw the princess of Hana, the chief and his counsellor conceived a passion for her; that was the reason why Aiwohikupua stayed there that day. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.5 sent.1 | A pau ka heʻe nalu ʻana a nā kamaʻāina, a i ka nalu pau loa o ko Hinaikamalama heʻe ʻana, ʻo ka nalu ia i pae, hoʻopololei maila ka heʻe ʻana a ke kaikamahine aliʻi ma ka wai o Kūmaka, kahi hoʻi a ʻAiwohikupua mā e noho mai ana. | When the people of the place had ended surfing and Hinaikamalama rode her last breaker, as she came in. the princess pointed her board straight at the stream of Kumaka where Aiwohikupua and his companion had stopped. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.5 sent.2 | I ke kaikamahine aliʻi naʻe e ʻauʻau ana i ka wai o Kūmaka, ua hoʻopūʻiwa ʻia ke aliʻi kāne a me kona kuhina e ke kuko ʻino, a no ia mea, ʻiniki malū akula ke kuhina o ke aliʻi iā ʻAiwohikupua e hoʻokaʻawale iā lāua mai kahi a Hinaikamalama e ʻauʻau ana i ʻole lāua e pilikia ma ka manaʻo. | While the princess was bathing in the water of Kumaka the chief and his counsellor desired her, so the chief's counsellor pinched Aiwohikupua quietly to withdraw from the place where Hinaikamalama was bathing, but their state of mind got them into trouble. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.6 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā i hoʻomaka ai e hoʻokaʻawale iā lāua mai ko ke aliʻi wahine wahi e ʻauʻau ana, a laila, pane akula ke aliʻi wahine, “E nā aliʻi! | When Aiwohikupua and his companion had put some distance between themselves and the princess's bathing place, the princess called, "O chiefs, |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.6 sent.3 | Kainoa hoʻi he wehe ko ke kapa, lele iho hoʻi he wai, hoʻokahi hoʻi ka ʻauʻau ʻana o kākou, hoʻi aku he hale a moe, he ʻai nō, he iʻa nō hoʻi a he wahi moe nō hoʻi. | Why not throw off your garment, jump in, and join us, then go to the house and sleep? There is fish and a place to sleep. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.6 sent.4 | ʻO ia ihola nō ka waiwai a ke kamaʻāina. | That is the wealth of the people of this place. |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.1 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a ke aliʻi wahine, ʻī akula ke kuhina i ke aliʻi, “ʻĒ! Pono kā ka manaʻo o ke aliʻi wahine, no ka mea, ua makemake loa ke aliʻi wahine iā ʻoe.” | At these words of the princess the counsellor said to Aiwohikupua, "Ah! the princess would like you for her lover! for she has taken a great fancy to you." |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.2 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “Ua makemake au i ke aliʻi wahine, no ka mea, ke ʻike leʻa nei au i ka ʻoi loa o kona maikaʻi ma mua o kaʻu mau wāhine mua nāna i kūmaka ʻia. | Said Aiwohikupua, "I should like to be her lover, for I see well that she is more beautiful than all the other women who have tempted me; |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.4 sent.2 | A iā lāua e heʻe nalu ana, aia hoʻi, ua hoʻopuni ʻia maila ke aliʻi wahine no ʻAiwohikupua, a ua nui ka poʻe i hoʻopuni paʻa ʻia no ka makemake i ke aliʻi kāne. | and as they rode, behold I the princess conceived a passion for Aiwohikupua, and many others took a violent liking to the chief. |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.5 sent.1 | A pau ka ʻauʻau ʻana a lāua, hoʻi akula lāua me ka manaʻo e kau ma luna o nā waʻa a holo aku, akā, ʻike akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ke aliʻi wahine e kōnane mai ana a manaʻo ihola ke aliʻi kāne malihini e hele i ke kōnane, akā, ua lilo mua na ke aliʻi wahine ke kāhea e kōnane lāua. | After the bath, they returned to the canoe thinking to go aboard and set out, but Aiwohikupua saw the princess playing konane and the stranger chief thought he would play a game with her; now, the princess had first called them to come and play. |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.5 sent.2 | A hiki ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ma kahi o ke aliʻi wahine, kau nā ʻiliʻili a paʻa ka papa, nīnau mai ke aliʻi wahine, “He aha ke kumu pili o ka malihini ke make i ke kamaʻāina?” | So Aiwohikupua joined the princess; they placed the pebbles on the board, and the princess asked, "What will the stranger stake if the game is lost to the woman of Hana? " |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.6 sent.1 | ʻĪ aku ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “He mau waʻa kaulua koʻu kumu pili, aia ke lana maila i loko o ke kai. | Said Aiwohikupua, "I will stake my double canoe afloat here on the sea, |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.7 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ke aliʻi wahine, “ʻAʻole he maikaʻi o kou kumu pili, e ka malihini. | Said the princess, "Your wager, stranger, is not well — |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.7 sent.7 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a ke aliʻi wahine, hoʻoholo koke aʻela ke aliʻi kāne i ka ʻōlelo ʻae. | The chief readily agreed to the princess's words. |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.7 sent.9 | A laila, ʻī maila ke aliʻi wahine, “Ua eo iaʻu! | Then said the princess, "I have won over you; |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.7 sent.11 | A no kēia mau ʻōlelo maikaʻi a ke aliʻi wahine i mua o ʻAiwohikupua, a laila, hoʻoholo koke aʻela ʻo ia i kona manaʻo ʻae ma ka waha wale nō. | To this jesting offer of the princess, Aiwohikupua readily gave
his word of assent. |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.1 sent.1 | A i loko o ko lāua manawa kamaʻilio, hoʻopuka akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona manaʻo i mua o ke aliʻi wahine, “He nani hoʻi ia ua pili aʻe nei koʻu kino me ʻoe, a ua maikaʻi nō, akā, ʻaʻole kāua e launa koke. | During the talk, Aiwohikupua gave to the princess this counsel. "Although I belong to you, and this is well, yet let us not at once become lovers, |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.1 sent.4 | No laila, ke kauoha mua aku nei wau iā ʻoe ma mua o kuʻu hele ʻana e noho ʻoe me ka maluhia loa. | So I lay my command upon you before I go, to live in complete purity, |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.1 sent.6 | A hoʻi mai au mai kuʻu huakaʻi mākaʻikaʻi mai, a laila, e hoʻokō ʻia ke kumu pili o ka wahine aliʻi. | and when I return from sight-seeing, then the princess's stake shall be paid. |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.2 sent.2 | I ia manawa, kauoha aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i nā hoe waʻa e hoʻokokoke ʻāina aku nā waʻa, no ka mea, ua makemake ke aliʻi e ʻike i ke kumu o kēia ʻākoakoa lehulehu ʻana o nā kānaka. | Then Aiwohikupua ordered the boatmen to paddle inshore, for he wanted to see why the crowd was gathering. |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.3 sent.1 | A hiki lākou i ke awa pae waʻa ma Kauhola, nīnau akula ke aliʻi i ke kumu o ka ʻākoakoa lehulehu ʻana o nā kānaka, a laila, haʻi maila nā kamaʻāina he ʻaha mokomoko ke kumu o ia lehulehu ʻana. | When they had come close in to the landing at Kauhola the chief asked why the crowd was gathering; then a native of the place said they were coming together for a boxing match. |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.4 sent.1 | A hiki lākou i Hinakahua i ke kahua mokomoko, i ia manawa, ʻike maila ka ʻaha mokomoko i ke keiki Kauaʻi no ka ʻoi o kona kanaka maikaʻi ma mua o nā keiki kamaʻāina, a lilo ihola ka ʻaha i mea haunaele. | When they came to Hinakahua, where the field was cleared for boxing, the crowd saw that the youth from Kauai surpassed in beauty all the natives of the place, and they raised a tumult. |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.4 sent.2 | Ma hope iho o kēia haunaele ʻana, hoʻomaka hou ka hoʻonoho o ke kahua mokomoko. | After the excitement the boxing field again settled into order; |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.4 sent.3 | I ia manawa, pili akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ma ke kumulāʻau milo e nānā ana no ka hoʻouka kaua. | then Aiwohikupua leaned against the trunk of a milo tree to watch the attack begin. |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.5 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua naʻe e kū ana ma kona wahi, puka maila ʻo Ihuanu a kū i waena o ke kahua mokomoko e hōʻike ana iā ia iho i mua o ke anaina, a kāhea maila me ka leo nui, “ʻO wai ka mea ma kēlā aoʻao mai e hele mai e mokomoko?” | As Aiwohikupua stood there, Cold-nose entered the open space and stood in the midst to show himself off to the crowd, and he called out in a loud voice: "What man on that side will come and box?" |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.5 sent.2 | Akā, ʻaʻole e hiki i kekahi mea ke ʻaʻa mai e kū i mua o Ihuanu, no ka mea, ʻo ko Kohala ʻoi kelakela nō ia ma ka ikaika i ke kuʻikuʻi. | But no one dared to come and stand before Cold-nose, for the fellow was the strongest boxer in Kohala. |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.5 sent.4 | E pono paha ke leʻaleʻa?” | Will you have some fun?" |
| Ch.4 p.27 para.1 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kēia leo kāhea a Ihuanu, hele akula a kū i mua o ke kahua kaua e hāwele ana me kona ʻaʻahu pūkohukohu i like me ke ʻano mau o nā pūʻali o ke aliʻi. | When Aiwohikupua heard the voice of Cold-nose calling him, he came forward and stood in front of the boxing field while he bound his red loin cloth about him in the fashion of a chief's bodyguard, |
| Ch.4 p.27 para.1 sent.2 | Pane akula ʻo ia i mua o kona hoa hakakā, “E ke kamaʻāina, ua noi mai ʻoe iaʻu e leʻaleʻa kāua a eia hoʻi kaʻu noi iā ʻoe. | and he answered his opponent: "O native born, you have asked me to have some fun with you, and this is what I ask of you: |
| Ch.4 p.27 para.2 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo Ihuanu i kēia ʻōlelo a ʻAiwohikupua, ʻī maila ʻo ia, “He ʻoi ʻoe o ke kanaka nāna i ʻōlelo hoʻokano iho nei wau i mua o kēia ʻaha a pau. | When Cold-nose heard Aiwohikupua, he said, "You are the greatest boaster in the crowd!" |
| Ch.4 p.27 para.2 sent.2 | ʻO wau nō ka ʻoi ma mua o nā kānaka a pau, a ke ʻōlelo mai nei hoʻi ʻoe i ʻekolu aku ma kēia aoʻao, a he aha lā ʻoe i mua oʻu?” | I am the best man here, and yet you talk of three from this side; and what are you compared to me?" |
| Ch.4 p.27 para.3 sent.3 | No laila, ke ʻōlelo paʻa nei wau ʻānō, he hiki iaʻu ke hoʻolilo i kēia ʻaha i mea ʻole i loko o kuʻu lima.” | Now, I promise you, I can turn this crowd into nothing with one hand." |
| Ch.4 p.27 para.4 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a ʻAiwohikupua, hele maila kekahi o nā pūʻali ikaika a ma ke kua o ʻAiwohikupua, ʻōlelo maila, “ʻĒ! Mai ʻōlelo aku ʻoe iā Ihuanu. | At Aiwohikupua 's words, one of Cold-nose's backers came up behind Aiwohikupua and said: "Here! do not speak to Cold-nose; |
| Ch.5 p.29 para.1 sent.1 | A ʻike maila ka ʻaha kanaka a pau o ke kahua mokomoko i ka ʻoi ʻana o ka ikaika o ʻAiwohikupua no ka make loa ʻana o ke kanaka ma ke pale wale ʻana nō, i ia manawa, hele maila kekahi mau pūʻali o Ihuanu a ʻōlelo maila iā Ihuanu penei, “E Ihuanu ē! | When all the players on the boxing field saw how strong Aiwohikupua was to kill the man with just a push; Then Cold-nose's backers went to him and said: "Here, Cold-nose, |
| Ch.5 p.29 para.1 sent.2 | Ke ʻike maopopo leʻa aku nei wau ʻānō i kēia manawa ʻaʻole e lanakila ana ko kākou aoʻao, a ma kuʻu manaʻopaʻa hoʻi, e lanakila ana ka malihini ma luna o kākou, no ka mea, ke ʻike maopopo akula nō ʻoe ua make loa ko kākou kanaka i ka wēlau wale nō o ko ia ala lima. | I see pretty plainly now our side will never get the best of it; I am sure that the stranger will beat us, for you see how our man was killed by just a push from his hand; |
| Ch.5 p.29 para.1 sent.4 | No laila, ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe e hui ka ʻaha. | Now, I advise you to dismiss the contestants |
| Ch.5 p.29 para.1 sent.6 | A no laila, e hele ʻoe a i ka malihini, e lūlū lima ʻolua, a e hāʻawi aku i kou aloha nona i aloha pū ai ʻolua me ka ʻike aku o ka ʻaha ua hoʻomoe a pau wale ke kaua.” | So, you go up to the stranger and shake hands, you two, and welcome him, to let the people see that the fight is altogether hushed up." |
| Ch.5 p.29 para.2 sent.2 | Mai hopohopo no ka make ʻana o kēlā kanaka o kākou ma ke pale ʻana i ka wēlau o kona lima. | don't get frightened because that man of ours was killed by a push from his hand. |
| Ch.5 p.29 para.2 sent.5 | A no laila, ke haʻi aku nei wau iā ʻoukou, inā i hopo ʻoukou no kēlā malihini, a laila, e hūnā ʻoukou i ko ʻoukou mau maka i ke aouli. | And now I tell you if you fear the stranger, then hide your eyes in the blue sky. |
| Ch.5 p.29 para.2 sent.6 | Aia a lohe aku ʻoukou ua lanakila ʻo Ihuanu, a laila, hoʻomanaʻo ʻoukou i kuʻu puʻupuʻu iā Kanikapiha, ka ʻai a ke kumu i aʻo ʻole ʻia iā ʻoukou, no ka mea, ke ʻike nei wau ʻaʻole e lanakila mai ʻo ia ma luna oʻu, no ka mea, ua kani ka pola o kuʻu malo i kēia lā.” | When you hear that Cold-nose has conquered, then remember my blow called The-end-that-sang , the fruit of the tree which you have never tasted, the master's stroke which you have never learned. By this sign I know that he will never get the better of me, the end of my girdle sang to-day." |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.1 sent.3 | Kūlia i mua o ka ʻai a ke kumu a kākou i aʻo pū ʻole ʻia mai ai iā mākou, a ke ʻōlelo mai nei hoʻi ʻoe ua kani ka pola a ko malo. | we are silent before the fruit of this tree of yours which you say we have never tasted, and you say, too, that the end of your girdle has sung; |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.2 sent.1 | Iā Ihuanu naʻe e ʻōlelo kaena ana iā ia iho i mua o kona mau hoa no kona lanakila ma luna o ʻAiwohikupua, a laila, oi maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a kokoke iki ma ke alo o Ihuanu, ʻūpoʻipoʻi aʻela ʻo ia i kona mau lima ma ka poʻohiwi, me he moa kāne lā e hoʻomākaukau ana no ke kani ʻana, a ʻōlelo akula ʻo ia iā Ihuanu, “E Ihuanu! | While Cold-nose was boasting to his backers how he would overcome Aiwohikupua, then Aiwohikupua moved up and cocked his eye at Cold-nose, flapped with his arms against his side like a cock getting ready to crow, and said to Cold-nose, "Here, Cold-nose! |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.3 sent.2 | I ia manawa, piʻi aʻela ka ʻula o ʻAiwohikupua a puni ke kino, me he mea lā ua hoʻoluʻu ʻia i ke koko o nā hipa keiki, huli aʻela ʻo ia a kūpono i mua o ka ʻaha a ʻōlelo akula, “ʻO wai kēia kanaka i ʻaʻa mai ai ʻo ia i ke keiki Kauaʻi nei? | Then a flush rose all over his body as if he had been dipped in the blood of a lamb. He turned right to the crowd and said, "Who will dare to defy the Kauai boy, |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.3 sent.3 | No laila, ke ʻōlelo nei wau i kēia, he hiki i kuʻu akua ke hāʻawi mai iaʻu e lanakila ma luna o kēia kanaka, a e hoʻolilo aʻe kuʻu akua i ke poʻo o ko ʻoukou ikaika i mea milimili na kuʻu mau hoe waʻa.” | for I say to him, my god can give me victory over this man, and my god will deliver the head of this mighty one to be a plaything for my paddlers." |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.4 sent.1 | A laila, kukuli ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a pule akula i kona mau akua penei, “E Lanipipili, Laniʻoaka, Lanikahuliomealani, e Lono, e Hekilikaʻakaʻa a me Nākolowailani, i kēia lā, e ʻike mai ʻoukou iaʻu i kā ʻoukou kama, kā ʻoukou pua i koe ma ke ao nei. | Then Aiwohikupua knelt down and prayed to his gods as follows: "O you Heavens, Lightning, and Rain, O Air, O Thunder and Earthquake! Look upon me this day, the only child of yours left upon this earth. |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.4 sent.3 | E hiki nō iā ʻoukou ke hoʻohala i kāna puʻupuʻu ma kona kuʻi ʻana mai i kā ʻoukou kama, a ke noi aku nei wau e hāʻawi mai i ke poʻo o Ihuanu i kuʻu lima i mea pāʻani na koʻu mau hoe waʻa i ʻike ai kēia ʻaha a pau, ʻo wau ke lanakila ma luna o kēia kanaka i ʻoki poepoe ʻole ʻia. | by your might turn aside his fists from smiting your child, and I beseech you to give me the head of Ihuanu into my hand to be a plaything for my paddlers, that all this assembly may see that I have power over this uncircumcised one. |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.2 sent.1 | A lohe ke kumu kuʻi a Ihuanu i kēia mau ʻōlelo, hele maila a ma ka ʻaoʻao o Ihuanu, ʻī maila, “Hāwāwā ʻoe, e kuʻu haumāna. | When Cold-nose's master heard these words he went to Cold-nose's side and said, "You are foolish, my pupil. |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.4 sent.1 | A hala ka puʻupuʻu a Ihuanu, e waiho koke aʻe ana ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kāna puʻupuʻu, kū nō i ka houpo, hulā ma ke kua. | As the blow missed, Aiwohikupua instantly sent his blow, struck right on the chest and pierced to his back; |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, kaʻikaʻi aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ke kanaka me kona lima, a koali aʻela iā Ihuanu i mua o ke anaina, a kiola akula i waho o ka ʻaha a lanakila ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ma luna o Ihuanu. | then Aiwohikupua lifted the man on his arm and swung him to and fro before the crowd, and threw him outside the field, and Aiwohikupua overcame Cold-nose, |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.5 sent.2 | Ua hiki anei i ko ʻai i aʻo ʻole ʻia iā mākou ke hoʻōla iā ʻoe e hakakā hou me kēlā kanaka ikaika lua ʻole?” | could the fruit we have never tasted save you? Will you fight a second time with that man of might?" |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.6 sent.1 | I ka lehulehu e lulumi ana no ka make o Ihuanu, ko lākou pūkaua, a e uē ana hoʻi, hele akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a ʻoki aʻela i ke poʻo o Ihuanu a me ka lāʻau pālau a Ihuanu, a kiola akula i kona mau hoʻokele. | As the host were crowding about the dead body of their champion and wailing, Aiwohikupua came and cut off Cold-nose's head with the man's own war club and threw it contemptuously to his followers: |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.9 sent.1 | ʻĪ mai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ke kuhina, “Kāhea ʻia aku nā hoʻokele e hoʻoponopono aʻe nā waʻa a holo pololei aku i ke awa i lohe aku kākou i kēlā lehulehu,” a hoʻokō ʻia ko ke aliʻi makemake, a holo aku lākou a ma lalo o ka pali kahakai, nīnau akula i nā wāhine e kuʻi ʻopihi ana, “He aha kēlā lehulehu o uka?” | Said Aiwohikupua to his counsellor, "Call to the steersman to turn the canoe straight ashore to hear what the crowd is for." The chief's wish was obeyed, they went alongside the cliff and asked the women gathering shellfish, "What is that crowd inland for?" |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.1 sent.1 | Haʻi maila nā wāhine iā lākou, “He ʻaha hoʻokūkū mokomoko, a ʻo ka mea ʻoi o ka ikaika, a laila, ʻo ia ke hoʻouna ʻia e hele e kuʻikuʻi me ke kanaka Kauaʻi i hakakā mai nei me Ihuanu a make mai nei ua ʻo Ihuanu. | The women answered, "They are standing up to a boxing match, and whoever is the strongest, he will be sent to box with the Kauai man who fought here with Cold-nose and killed Cold-nose; |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.4 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ua wahi kamaʻāina nei, “Hoʻokahi nō ikaika o kēia ʻaha, ʻo Hāunakā, a ʻo ia ke hoʻouna ʻia ana i Kohala e hakakā me ke kanaka Kauaʻi.” | The man answered. "Haunaka is the only strong one in this crowd, and he is to be sent to Kohala to fight with the Kauai man." |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.7 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua ma ka ʻaha, ʻōlelo akula ʻo ia i mua o Hāunakā, “ʻAʻole e ʻeha ke keiki Kauaʻi iā ʻoe. | When Aiwohikupua was on the field he said to Haunaka, "You can never hurt the Kauai boy: |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.8 sent.3 | Hoʻokahi nō kuʻi iā Ihuanu, hulā pū ka puʻupuʻu ma ke kua, a ʻo ke kanaka nō kēia i make mai nei ʻo Ihuanu.” | Only one blow at Cold-nose and the fist went through to his back. This is the very man who killed Cold-nose." |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.9 sent.2 | A haʻalele lākou i ia wahi, hele pū akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā me ke aikāne a kau lākou lā ma nā waʻa a holo akula a pae i Laupāhoehoe. | and they left the place; Aiwohikupua's party went with their friends and boarded the canoes, and went on and landed at Laupahoehoe. |
| Ch.6 p.33 para.2 sent.3 | Nānā akula ʻo ia i ke kukū o nā ʻōpua ma ka nānā ʻana i nā ʻōuli o ke ao a like me ka mea mau i ka poʻe kilokilo mai ka wā kahiko mai a hiki i kēia manawa. | he saw long clouds standing against the horizon where the signs in the clouds appear, according to the soothsayers of old days even until now. |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.1 sent.1 | I ia pō a ao aʻe, ma hope o ka ʻauinalā, ʻike hou akula ʻo ia i ke kū a ka pūnohu i ka moana ma ka hōʻailona i kū iā ʻAiwohikupua e like me ka mea i maʻa i ua makāula nei. | A night and a day passed; toward evening he again saw the cloud rise on the ocean in the form which the seer recognized as Aiwohikupua's — |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.1 sent.2 | (E like paha me ka ʻike ʻana i ke kalaunu mōʻī o kēlā aliʻi kēia aliʻi ke hiki mai iā kākou nei, pēlā paha ka maopopo ʻana o ko ʻAiwohikupua pūnohu i ike ʻia e ua makāula nei.) | perhaps as we recognize the crown of any chief |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.3 sent.2 | ʻO ia kēlā mea aʻu i ʻōlelo aku ai iā ʻoukou i ke ahiahi nei, no laila, eia ʻo ia ke holo mai nei i ka moana. | he is the one I told you about last evening; for he comes hither over the ocean, |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.4 sent.1 | A kokoke ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā i ke awa ʻo Laupāhoehoe, i ia manawa ke kuʻi ʻana o nā hekili he iwakālua. | As Aiwohikupua's party drew near to the harbor of Laupahoehoe, 20 peals of thunder sounded, |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.4 sent.3 | A i ka mao ʻana aʻe, ʻike akula nā mea a pau i kēia kaulua e holo mai ana a pae i ke awa me ka pūloʻuloʻu aliʻi i luna o nā waʻa, a laila, maopopo aʻela ka wānana a ka makāula. | and as soon as it was quiet all saw the double canoe coming to land carrying above it the taboo sign of a chief. Then the seer's prediction was fulfilled. |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.5 sent.1 | I nā waʻa e holo mai ana a pae, kū ana ka makāula i ke awa. | When the canoe came to land the seer was standing at the landing; |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.5 sent.2 | Mai luna mai o Kaiwilahilahi, hahau ihola ka makāula i ka puaʻa i mua o ke aliʻi, a pule akula ʻo ia ma ka inoa o nā akua o ʻAiwohikupua, a eia kāna pule, “E Lanipipili, e Laniʻoaka, e Lanikahuliomealani, e Lono, e Hekilikaʻakaʻa, e Nākolowailani. | he advanced from Kaiwilahilahi, threw the pig before the chief, and prayed in the name of the gods of Aiwohikupua. and this was his prayer: "O Heavens, Lightning, and Rain; O Air, Thunder, and Earthquake; |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.5 sent.4 | Eia ka puaʻa, ka moa lawa, ka ʻawa, he makana, he mōhai, he kānaenae i ke aliʻi na kā ʻoukou kauā nei. | Here is a pig, a black cock, awa, a priest, a sacrifice, an offering to the chief from your servant here; |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.6 sent.1 | I ia manawa a ke aliʻi e hoʻolohe ana i ka pule a ka makāula, ʻike maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, ʻo kāna makāula kēia. | As the chief listened to the prophet's prayer, Aiwohikupua recognized his own prophet, |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.6 sent.2 | Ua mokumokuāhua ka manawa o ke aliʻi i ke aloha i kāna kauā, no ka mea, ua lōʻihi ka manawa o ka nalo ʻana, ʻaʻole nō hoʻi i ike ʻia ka manawa i nalo ai. | and his heart yearned with love toward him, for he had been gone a long while; he could not tell how long it was since he had seen him. |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.8 sent.1 | lele koke akula ka makāula a hopu i nā wāwae o ke aliʻi, a kau ihola i luna o ka ʻāʻī a uē ihola. | Instantly the seer ran and clasped the chief's feet and climbed upward to his neck and wept, |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.8 sent.3 | A pau ka uē ʻana, nīnau ihola ke aliʻi i kāna kauā, “He aha kou mea i hiki mai ai a noho i ʻaneʻi, a pehea ka lōʻihi o kou hele ʻana?” | After the wailing the chief asked his servant: "Why are you living here, and how long have you been gone?" |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.1 sent.1 | Haʻi akula ke kauā e like me kā kākou heluhelu ʻana ma nā mokuna mua. | The servant, told him all that we have read about in former chapters. |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.1 sent.2 | I ia manawa a ka makāula i ʻōlelo aku ai i ke aliʻi i nā kumu a me nā kuleana o kona hele ʻana, a pau ia, a laila, na ka makāula ka nīnau hope iā ʻAiwohikupua, akā hoʻi, ma ka pāʻewaʻewa o kā ke aliʻi ʻōlelo ʻana me ka ʻōlelo aku he huakaʻi kaʻapuni kāna. | When the seer had told the business on which he had come and his reason for it, that was enough. Then it was the seer's turn to question Aiwohikupua, but the chief told only half the story, saying that he was on a sight-seeing tour. |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.1 sent.3 | Walea ihola ke aliʻi me ka makāula i ia pō a wanaʻao, hoʻomākaukau nā waʻa a holo akula. | The chief stayed with the seer that night until at daybreak they made ready the canoe and sailed. |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.2 sent.2 | Nānā akula ua wahi kanaka nei (ka mea i kapa ʻia he kuhina) i ka piʻo mai a ke ānuenue i uka o Paliuli, ʻōlelo akula ʻo ia i ke aliʻi, “ʻĒ! ʻAuhea ʻoe. | when one of the men, the one who is called the counsellor, saw the rainbow arching over Paliuli. He said to the chief: "Look! Where are you! |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.3 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “Ke manaʻo nei wau ʻaʻole kēlā ʻo Lāʻieikawai. | Said Aiwohikupua: "I do not think Laieikawai is there; |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.3 sent.2 | ʻAʻole nō nona kēlā ānuenue, no ka mea, he mea mau nō ia no nā wahi ua a pau, he piʻo nō ke ānuenue. | that is not her rainbow, for rainbows are common to all rainy places. |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.3 sent.3 | No laila, ke noi aku nei wau iā ʻoe, e kali kāua a ʻike ʻia mai ka mālie ʻana. | But let us wait until it is pleasant |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.3 sent.4 | A ikē ʻia aku ka piʻo mai o ke ānuenue i loko o ka manawa mālie, a laila, maopopo nona kēlā hōʻailona.” | and see whether the rainbow is there then; then we shall know it is her sign. |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.4 sent.1 | A ma kēia ʻōlelo a ke aliʻi, hekau ihola nā waʻa o lākou i ke kai. | At the chief's proposal they anchored their canoes in the sea, |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.4 sent.2 | Piʻi akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua me kona kuhina a hiki i Kūkululaumania ma ke kauhale o nā kamaʻāina, a noho ihola ma laila e kali ana no ka mālie o ka ua. | and Aiwohikupua went up with his counsellor to Kukululaumania to the houses of the natives of the place and stayed there waiting for pleasant weather. |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.4 sent.3 | A hala nā lā ʻehā ma laila, haʻalele loa ka mālie o Hilo, ʻike maopopo ʻia akula ke kālaʻe ʻana mai o ka ʻāina a waiho wale mai ʻo Panaʻewa. | After four days it cleared over Hilo: the whole country was plainly visible, and Panaewa lay bare. |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.5 sent.1 | I ka ʻehā o ka lā, i ke kakahiaka nui, ala aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a puka akula ma waho o ka hale. | On this fourth day in the early morning Aiwohikupua awoke and went out of the house, |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.5 sent.2 | Aia hoʻi, e piʻo mai ana nō ke ānuenue i kahi a lāua i ʻike mua ai. | lo! the rainbow arching where they had seen it before: |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.5 sent.3 | Kakali lōʻihi ihola ke aliʻi a hiki i ka puka ʻana o ka lā, hoʻi akula a kona kuhina, aia kēlā e hiamoe ana. | long the chief waited until the sun came, then he went in |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.5 sent.4 | Hoʻāla akula me ka ʻī aku i ke kuhina, “ʻĒ! Pono ʻiʻo paha kāu e ʻōlelo nei iaʻu no kakahiaka pōʻeleʻele. | and aroused his counsellor and said to him: "Here! perhaps you were right: |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.5 sent.5 | Ala ʻē aku nei nō wau i waho, ʻike aku nei nō au e piʻo mai ana ke ānuenue i kahi nō āu i kuhikuhi ai iaʻu. | I myself rose early while it was still dark, and went outside and actually saw the rainbow arching in the place you had pointed out to me, |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.5 sent.6 | I ke kali maila nō wau a puka ka lā, aia nō ke mau lā ke ānuenue. | and I waited until sunrise — still the rainbow! |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.6 sent.3 | I ia kakahiaka, haʻalele lākou iā Makahanaloa, holo waho nā waʻa o lākou, ʻo Keaʻau ke awa. | That morning they left Makahanaloa and sailed out to the harbor of Keaau. |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.1 sent.2 | ʻĪ akula kahi kanaka i ke aliʻi, “Kokoke puka kāua.” | The man said to his chief: "We are almost out." |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.1 sent.5 | ʻĪ akula kahi kanaka i ke aliʻi, “ʻĒ! Puka kāua! | The man said to his chief, "Here I we are out; |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.1 sent.6 | Aia ke kupuna wahine o Lāʻieikawai ke hōʻuluʻulu maila i nā moa e like me kāna hana mau.” | there is Laieikawai's grandmother calling together the chickens as usual." |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.2 sent.1 | Nīnau akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻAuhea ka hale o ke aliʻi wahine?” | Asked Aiwohikupua, "Where is the princess's house?" |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.3 sent.2 | A maopopo iā ʻAiwohikupua ke kokoke hiki o lāua i ka hale o Lāʻieikawai, nonoi akula ʻo ia e hāʻawi mai kahi kanaka i ka ʻahuʻula i paʻa iho ai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ia mea ma kona lima a hiki i ko lāua launa ʻana me ke aliʻi wahine o Paliuli. | When Aiwohikupua saw that they were approaching Laieikawai's house, he asked for the feather cloak to hold in his hand when they met the princess of Paliuli. |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.4 sent.1 | A hala ka mahina ʻai, ʻike akula lāua i ka hale o Lāʻieikawai, ua uhi ʻia me nā hulu melemele o ka ʻōʻō e like me ka ʻōlelo a ke akua i ka makāula ma ka hihiʻo i luna o Kaʻuiki. | The garden patch passed, they beheld Laieikawai's house covered with the yellow feathers of the oo bird, as the see had seen in his vision from the god on Kauwiki. |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.5 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua e nānā ana i ka hale o ke aliʻi wahine o Paliuli, he mea ʻē ke kāhāhā a me ka hilahila. | When Aiwohikupua saw the house of the princess of Paliuli, he felt strangely perplexed and abashed, |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.5 sent.2 | I ia manawa ka hoʻomaka ʻana o ko ʻAiwohikupua kānalua ʻana, a no ke kānalua i loaʻa iā ʻAiwohikupua, ʻōlelo aku ʻo ia i kona kōkoʻolua, “ʻAuhea ʻoe. | and for the first time he felt doubtful of his success. And by reason of this doubt within him he said to his companion, "Where are you? |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.5 sent.4 | Kuhi iho nei wau he wahine a lohe mai i ke aʻo, ʻaʻole kā! | I supposed her just an ordinary woman. Not so! |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.5 sent.5 | I ʻike aku nei ka hana i ka hale o ke aliʻi wahine, ʻaʻole nō ona lua, no laila, ʻānō, e hoʻi kāua me ka launa ʻole.” | The princess's house has no equal for workmanship: therefore, let us return without making ourselves known." |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.6 sent.5 | Ua akāka nō he waʻa nahā i koʻokā ko kāua, ko ke kāne.” | we men must expect to meet such rebuffs; a canoe will break on a coral reef." |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.7 sent.2 | “ʻAʻole e hiki iā kāua ke hele e hālāwai me ke aliʻi wahine, a ʻaʻole nō hoʻi e loaʻa, no ka mea, ke ʻike nei wau, ua ʻano ʻē loa ka hale. | "We will not meet the princess, and we shall certainly not win her, for I see now the
house is no ordinary one. |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.7 sent.3 | Ua lawe mai nei au i koʻu ʻahuʻula i makana e hāʻawi aku ai i ke aliʻi wahine o Paliuli nei, akā, ke nānā aku nei wau, ʻo ke pili ihola ia o ka hale o ke aliʻi, no ka mea, ua ʻike nō ʻoe, ʻo kēia mea he ʻahuʻula, ʻaʻole ia e loaʻa i nā mea ʻē aʻe. | I have brought my cloak wrought with feathers for a gift to the princess of Paliuli and I behold them here as thatch for the princess's house; yet you know, for that matter,
even a cloak of feathers |
| Ch.7 p.37 para.1 sent.3 | Ma kēia hoʻi ʻana, ʻakahi nō a ʻike kona kuhina i ke kumu. | then, for the first time, his counsellor knew the reason. |
| Ch.7 p.37 para.2 sent.3 | A hala hope ʻo Humuʻula iā lākou, hiki lākou ma waho pono o Kealakaha, ʻike maila lākou nei i kēia wahine e noho ana i ka pali kahakai; e hiamoe ana naʻe ke aliʻi i ia manawa. | After passing Humuula they stopped right off Kealakaha, and while the chief slept they saw a woman sitting on the sea cliff by the shore. |
| Ch.7 p.37 para.3 sent.2 | A no kēia, hikilele aʻela ka hiamoe o ʻAiwohikupua, nīnau aʻela i kā lākou mea e walaʻau nei, haʻi ʻia akula, “He wahine maikaʻi aia ke noho maila i ka pali.” | At this Aiwohikupua started up and asked what they were shouting about. They said, "There is a beautiful woman sitting on the sea cliff." |
| Ch.7 p.37 para.3 sent.3 | ʻAlawa aʻela ke aliʻi a ʻike akula he mea ʻē o ka wahine maikaʻi, a no kēia mea, kauoha aʻela ke aliʻi i nā hoe waʻa e hoe pololei aku ma kahi a ka wahine e noho mai ana, a holo akula a kokoke. | The chief turned his head to look, and saw that the stranger was, indeed, a charming woman. So the chief ordered the boatmen to row straight to the place where the woman was sitting, and as they approached |
| Ch.7 p.37 para.3 sent.4 | Hālāwai mua ihola lākou me ke kanaka e paeaea ana, nīnau akula, “ʻO wai kēlā wahine e noho maila i luna o ka pali ma luna pono ou?” | they first encountered a man fishing with a line, and asked, "Who is that woman sitting
up there on the bank directly above you? " |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.2 sent.1 | A no ka manaʻo nui o ke aliʻi e ʻike i kēlā wahine, peʻahi ʻia akula a iho koke maila kēlā me kona ʻaʻahu kapa i hoʻopuni ʻia i ka hau, a hāʻawi maila i kona aloha iā ʻAiwohikupua, a aloha akula nō hoʻi ke aliʻi kāne i kona aloha ma ka lūlū lima ʻana. | As the chief had a great desire to see the woman, she was beckoned to: and she approached with her cloak all covered with snow and gave her greeting to Aiwohikupua, and he greeted her in return by shaking hands. |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.3 sent.2 | A no laila, e ke Aliʻi wahine o ka pali nei, ke makemake nei wau e lawe ʻoe iaʻu i kāne hoʻāo nāu a e noho kanaka lawelawe aku ma lalo ou. | and therefore, O princess of the cliff, I wish you to take me and try me for your husband,
and I will be the servant under you; |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.4 sent.3 | A pehea lā i hikiwawe ai ka loaʻa ʻana o koʻu inoa iā ʻoe e ke Aliʻi?” | and how did you find out my name so quickly?" |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.6 sent.1 | “A no kāu noi, e ke Aliʻi,” wahi a Poliʻahu, “e lawe wau iā ʻoe i kāne naʻu, a no laila, ke haʻi aku nei wau iā ʻoe me ka nīnau aku, ʻaʻole anei ʻo ʻoe ke aliʻi i kū i luna a hoʻohiki ma ka inoa o kou mau akua ʻaʻole ʻoe e lawe i hoʻokahi wahine o kēia mau mokupuni mai Hawaiʻi nei a Kauaʻi; aia kāu wahine lawe no loko mai o Moaʻulanuiākea? | "As to what the chief desires of me," said Poliahu. "I will take you for my husband; and now let me ask you, are you not the chief who stood up and vowed in the name of your gods not to take any woman of these islands from Hawaii to Kauai to wife — only a woman who conies from Moaulanuiakea? |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.6 sent.2 | ʻAʻole anei ʻoe i hoʻopalau me Hinaikamalama, ke kaikamahine aliʻi kaulana o Hāna? | Are you not betrothed to Hinaikamalama, the famous princess of Hana? |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.6 sent.4 | A no kāu noi mai e lawe kāua iā kāua i mau mea hoʻohui, no laila, ke haʻi aku nei wau iā ʻoe, aia a hoʻopau ʻoe i kāu hoʻohiki mua, a laila, ʻaʻole naʻu e lawe iā ʻoe. | And as to your wishing our union, I assure you, until you have made an end of your first vow it is not my part to take you, |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.7 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a Poliʻahu, pili pū ihola ko ʻAiwohikupua manaʻo me ke kaumaha nō hoʻi. | At Poliahu's words Aiwohikupua marveled and was abashed: |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.8 sent.1 | “ʻAʻole oʻu mea nāna i haʻi mai i kēia mau mea, e ke Aliʻi kāne. | "No one has told me these things, O chief; |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.8 sent.2 | Noʻu iho nō koʻu ʻike,” wahi a ke aliʻi wahine, “no ka mea, ua hānau kupua ʻia mai wau e like me ʻoe, a ua loaʻa nō iaʻu ka ʻike mai ke akua mai o koʻu mau kūpuna a hoʻoili iaʻu e like me ʻoe. | I knew them for myself," said the princess; "for I was born, like you, with godlike powers, and, like you. my knowledge comes to me from the gods of my fathers, who inspire me; |
| Ch.7 p.39 para.1 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo, kukuli ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a hoʻomaikaʻi akula i mua o Poliʻahu me ke noi aku e lilo ia i kāne hoʻopalau na Poliʻahu me ke noi aku e holo pū i Kauaʻi. | At these words Aiwohikupua knelt and did reverence to Poliahu and begged to become Poliahu's betrothed and asked her to go with him to Kauai. |
| Ch.7 p.39 para.2 sent.1 | Ma mua o ka holo ʻana, ʻōlelo aku ka wahine iā ʻAiwohikupua, “Ke holo pū nei kākou. | Before setting out the woman said to Aiwohikupua and his companion, "We sail together; |
| Ch.7 p.39 para.3 sent.2 | Akā, no ko kāua lawe ʻana iā kāua i kāne hoʻāo ʻoe naʻu, a pēlā hoʻi wau iā ʻoe, no laila, ke hāʻawi lilo aku nei wau i kēia kapa a hiki i kou lā e manaʻo mai ai iaʻu ma nā hoʻohiki a kāua, a laila, loaʻa kou kuleana e ʻimi aʻe ai iaʻu a loaʻa i luna o Mauna Kea, a laila, hōʻike aʻe ʻoe iaʻu, a laila, hui kino kāua.” | but as we are betrothed, you to me and I to you, therefore I give away this mantle until the day when you remember our vows, then you must seek me, and you will find me above on the White Mountain; show it to me there, then we shall be united." |
| Ch.7 p.39 para.4 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kēia mau mea, a laila, he mea ʻoliʻoli nui loa ia i ko ke aliʻi kāne naʻau, a me kona kuhina, a me nā kānaka hoe waʻa. | When Aiwohikupua heard these things the chief's heart was glad, and his counsellor and the paddlers with him. |
| Ch.7 p.39 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, kiʻi akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona ʻahuʻula, lawe maila a hoʻouhi akula iā Poliʻahu me ka ʻōlelo aku, “E like me kāu ʻōlelo iaʻu ma mua o kou hāʻawi ʻana mai iaʻu i ke kapa hau, pēlā nō ʻoe e mālama ai a hiki i ko kāua hui ʻana e like me ke kauoha.” | Then Aiwohikupua took out his feather cloak, brought it and threw it over Poliahu with the words, "As you have said to me before giving me the snow mantle, so do you guard this until our promised union." |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.1 sent.1 | A hiki ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā i Hāna mai Kohala aku ma hope iho o ko lākou hoʻokaʻawale ʻana iā Poliʻahu, ma ke awa pae waʻa o Haneoʻo ko lākou hiki mua ʻana ma ko Hinaikamalama wahi e noho ana. | When Aiwohikupua reached Hana, after parting with Poliahu at Kohala. his boat approached the canoe landing at Haneoo, where they had been before, where Hinaikamalama was living. |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.1 sent.3 | Mahamaha maila ka wahine me ka manaʻo e hele aku ana a hālāwai me ʻAiwohikupua, akā, aia nō lākou ke lana mālie maila i ka moana. | joyful was she with the thought of their meeting: but still the boat floated gently on the water. |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.2 sent.2 | He aha iho nei hoʻi kēia o ka lana ʻana o nā waʻa i loko o ke kai? | What is all this that the canoe is kept afloat? |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.2 sent.4 | No laila, ke nīnau aku nei wau iā ʻoe, ma laila nō anei ʻoukou e lana ai a holo aku?” | Now, tell me, shall you float there until you leave?" |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.4 sent.2 | Ua lilo ʻoe iaʻu i ke kōnane ʻia, a ke waiho nei nō ia hoʻohiki a kāua, a ua noho maluhia wau me ka malu loa a hiki i kou hoʻi ʻana maila.” | you became mine at konane and our vows are spoken, and I have lived apart and undefiled until your return." |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.5 sent.1 | “E ke aliʻi wahine, ʻaʻole pēlā,” wahi a ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻaʻole au i hoʻopau i kā kāua hoʻohiki, ke mau nei nō ia. | "O princess, not so!" said Aiwohikupua. "It is not to end our vow — that still holds; |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.5 sent.2 | ʻAʻole nō i hiki i ka manawa e hoʻokō ʻia ai ia hoʻohiki a kāua, no ka mea, ua haʻi mua aku wau iā ʻoe, aia a puni ʻo Hawaiʻi iaʻu, a laila, hoʻokō ʻia kou kumu pili, e ke Aliʻi wahine. | but the time has not come for its fulfillment, for I said to you. * When I have sailed about Hawaii then the princess's bet shall be paid: |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.5 sent.6 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a ʻAiwohikupua, hoʻi maila ka manaʻo o ke aliʻi wahine a like me ma mua. | At these words of Aiwohikupua the princess's faith returned. |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.1 sent.3 | Ke haʻi aku nei wau i kuʻu ʻōlelo paʻa. | I charge you, |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.1 sent.7 | ʻO ia ke kānāwai paʻa a ke aliʻi i kau ai no ka poʻe i holo pū me ia i Hawaiʻi. | This was the charge the chief laid upon the men who sailed with him to Hawaii. |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.2 sent.1 | A hiki lākou i Kauaʻi ma ka napoʻo ʻana o ka lā a hālāwai me nā kaikuahine, i ia manawa ka hoʻopuka ʻana i ʻōlelo i kona mau kaikuahine penei, “Iaʻu i hele aku nei i kaʻu huakaʻi hele, ua haʻohaʻo paha ʻoukou, no ka mea, ʻaʻole wau i haʻi aku iā ʻoukou i ke kumu o ia hele ʻana. | Aiwohikupua reached Kauai at sunset and met his sisters. Then he spoke thus to his sisters: "Perhaps you wondered when I went on my journey, because I did not tell you my reason, |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.2 sent.2 | ʻAʻole nō hoʻi wau i haʻi aku i kaʻu wahi e hele ai, a no laila, ke haʻi malū aku nei wau iā ʻoukou, e oʻu mau kaikuahine, ʻo kākou wale, i Hawaiʻi aku nei mākou i nalo iho nei. | not even the place where I was to go; and now I tell it to you in secret, my sisters, to you alone. To Hawaii I disappeared |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.2 sent.4 | I ka hele ʻana aku nei hoʻi, ʻaʻole nō hoʻi i kana mai a ke ʻano ʻē o ka wahine. | But when I came there I did not get sight of the woman's face; |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.2 sent.9 | I loko o kēia manawa a ʻAiwohikupua e ʻōlelo ana me nā kaikuahine, ʻakahi nō a maopopo i kona kuhina ʻo ia ke kumu o ka hoʻi wikiwiki ʻana iā Kauaʻi. | As Aiwohikupua talked with his sisters, his counsellor for the
first time understood the reason for their return to Kauai. |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.3 sent.1 | I kekahi lā aʻe, wae aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i mau hoe waʻa hou, no ka mea, ua maopopo i ke aliʻi ua luhi nā hoe waʻa mua. | The next day Aiwohikupua picked out fresh paddlers, for the chief knew that the first were tired out. |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.3 sent.2 | A mākaukau ka holo ʻana, i ia pō iho, lawe aʻela ke aliʻi he ʻumikumamāhā hoe waʻa, ʻelua hoʻokele, ʻo nā kaikuahine ʻelima, ʻo Mailehaʻiwale, ʻo Mailekaluhea, ʻo Mailelauliʻi, ʻo Mailepākaha a me ko lākou muli loa ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, ʻo ke aliʻi a me kona kuhina, he iwakāluakumamākolu ko lākou nui. | When all was ready for sailing, that very night the chief took on board 14 paddlers, 2 steers-
men, the 5 sisters, Mailehaiwale, Mailekaluhea, Mailelaulii, Mailepakaha, and the youngest, Kahalaomapuana, the chief himself, and his counsellor, 23 in all. |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.2 sent.2 | Hoʻokahi malama ke kali ʻana o Poliʻahu no ko lāua hoʻāo e like me kā lāua hoʻohiki ʻana, akā, ua hala ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ma Hilo no ke kiʻi nō iā Lāʻieikawai. | one month she waited for the promised meeting, but Aiwohikupua was at Hilo after Laieikawai. |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.5 sent.1 | I ke awakea o kekahi lā, hiki aku lākou ma Keaʻau. | At noon one day they came to Keaau, |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.5 sent.2 | A pau nā waʻa i ka hoʻoponopono a me nā ukana a lākou, i ia wā nō, hoʻolale koke aʻe ana ke aliʻi i nā kaikuahine a me kona kuhina e piʻi i uka o Paliuli, a ua hoʻoholo koke lākou i ia manaʻo o ke aliʻi. | and after putting to rights the canoe and the baggage, the chief at once began urging his sisters
and his counsellor to go up to Paliuli; and they readily assented to the chief's wish. |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.6 sent.1 | Ma mua o ko lākou piʻi ʻana i Paliuli, kauoha ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i nā hoʻokele a me nā hoe waʻa, “Eia mākou ke hele nei i kā mākou huakaʻi hele, ka mea hoʻi a kuʻu manaʻo i kau nui ai a hālāwai maka. | Before going up to Paliuli. Aiwohikupua told the steersmen and the paddlers, ''While we go on our way to seek her whom I have so longed to see face to face, |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.6 sent.5 | Akā, i hoʻi kakahiaka mai mākou i ka lā ʻapōpō, a laila, ua nele nō kaʻu mea i manaʻo ai, a laila, ʻo Kauaʻi ke alo, huli aku hoʻi.” | but if we come back to-morrow early in the morning, then my wishes have failed, then face about and turn the course to Kauai;" |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.6 sent.6 | ʻO ia ke kauoha a ke aliʻi. | so the chief ordered. |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.7 sent.1 | A pau ke kauoha a ke aliʻi i nā kānaka, piʻi akula a like a like o ka pō, hiki lākou i Paliuli. | After the chief's orders to the men they ascended half the night, reaching Paliuli. |
| Ch.8 p.45 para.1 sent.2 | Iā Mailehaʻiwale e kū lā ma ka puka o ka hale aliʻi, kuʻu aku ana kēia i ke ʻala, pō ʻo loko i ke ʻala. | and as she stood there she sent forth a fragrance which filled the house; |
| Ch.8 p.45 para.1 sent.4 | Akā, ʻaʻole naʻe e hiki ke hiamoe i kēlā manawa, no ka mea, ua hoʻāla ʻia e ke ʻala o Mailehaʻiwale. | but they could no longer sleep, because they were wakened by the scent of Mailehaiwale. |
| Ch.8 p.45 para.5 sent.2 | ʻO ke kāne ia, moe ʻia.” | here is the man for you to marry." |
| Ch.9 p.47 para.1 sent.1 | Ma hope iho o ka manawa i hōʻole ʻia ai ko ke aliʻi kāne makemake, a laila ʻōlelo akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona kuhina, “E hoʻi kāua a e noho nā kaikuahine oʻu i uka nei, a na lākou nō e ʻimi aʻe i ko lākou wahi e noho ai, no ka mea ʻaʻole a lākou waiwai. | After this refusal, then Aiwohikupua said to his counsellor, "You and I will go home and let my sisters stay up here; as for them, let them live as they can, for they are worthless; |
| Ch.9 p.47 para.2 sent.2 | Kainoa ua ʻōlelo ʻoe iaʻu ma mua o ko kākou lā i haʻalele ai iā Kauaʻi ʻo nā kaikuahine wale nō ou ka mea nāna e kiʻi kou makemake, a ua ʻike nō hoʻi ʻoe i ke kō ʻana o kā lākou mau hana. | I thought before we left Kauai you told me that your sisters were the only ones to get
your wish, and you have seen now what one of them can do; |
| Ch.9 p.47 para.2 sent.4 | ʻAʻole paha no ko kaikuahine ia hewa e hiki ai iā kāua ke haʻalele iā lākou? | Is this your sisters' fault, |
| Ch.9 p.47 para.5 sent.1 | A laila, ua maikaʻi iki ia ʻōlelo i ke aliʻi. | Now, this saying pleased the chief; |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.1 sent.1 | Hele akula ʻo Mailekaluhea a ma ka puka o ka hale aliʻi, kū ihola, kuʻu akula i ke ʻala. | Mailekaluhea went and stood at the door of the chief-house and gave out a perfume: |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.1 sent.2 | ʻO ia hele nō o ke ʻala a pā i kaupoku ma loko o ka hale. | the fragrance entered and touched the rafters within the house, |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.1 sent.5 | ʻAʻole hoʻi e like me ke ʻala mua iho nei. | not like the first, |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.2 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo aku kahi kahu, “Kāhea ʻia ko kupuna wahine e haʻi mai i ke ʻano o kēia ʻala.” | The nurse said. "Call out to your grandmother to tell you the meaning of the fragrance." |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.5 sent.1 | LĀʻIEIKAWAI: “Eia lā ke ʻala. | LAIEIKAWAI: '"Here is a fragrance, |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.6 sent.2 | ʻO ke kāne ia, moe ʻia.” | to marry him." |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.8 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ua wahi kuhina nei ona, “ʻĒ! Ke lohe pono akula ʻoe i ka hōʻole ʻana aʻela a ke aliʻi wahine.” | Said Aiwohikupua to his counsellor. "See! did you hear the princess's refusal?" |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.11 sent.2 | ʻAlua i hala, ʻekolu i koe,” wahi a kona kuhina, “kuʻu ʻia aku paha i pau, he nani ia ua pau nā kaikuahine o kāua i ke kiʻi. | two are out; three remain," said his counsellor. "Let all your sisters take a chance: this will be
best; |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.12 sent.1 | “ʻAuhea ʻoe, e kuʻu Kuhina,” wahi a ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻAʻole ʻo ʻoe ke hilahila ana, ʻo wau nō. | "Where are you, my counsellor!" said Aiwohikupua. "It is not
you who bears the shame; I am the one. |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.13 sent.1 | “Kuʻu ʻia aku paha i ka hilahila,” wahi a kona kuhina, “Kainoa ua ʻike nō ʻoe he waʻa nahā i koʻokā ko kāua, ko ke kāne. | "Let us bear the shame," said his counsellor. "You know we men must expect such rebuffs; 'a canoe will break on a coral reef;' |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.13 sent.5 | A no ka ikaika loa o ua wahi kuhina nei ona i ke koi, hoʻoholo ke aliʻi i ka ʻae. | And because the counsellor urged so strongly the chief gave his consent. |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.6 sent.2 | ʻO ke kāne ia, moe ʻia.” | he is the husband, the husband for you to marry." |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.8 sent.1 | “I hoʻokahi nō hoʻi hōʻole ʻana, ʻo ka pono,” wahi a ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻo ka hele kā ia he kāuna wale aʻe nō koe o ka hōʻole, mākena nō hoʻi ua hilahila iā ʻoe, e ke hoa.” | "One refusal is enough," said Aiwohikupua, "without getting four more! You have brought this shame upon us both, my comrade." |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.10 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a kona kuhina, a laila ua hoʻopiha ʻia ko ke aliʻi naʻau i ka ʻoliʻoli, no ka mea ua lohe kēlā iā Kauakahialiʻi i ka loaʻa ʻana i ua wahi kanaka nei, ʻo Lāʻieikawai, i hiki ai i kai o Keaʻau. | Then the chief's heart rejoiced, for Kauakahialii had told him how this same man had got Laieikawai to come down to Keaau, |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.10 sent.2 | No laila i hoʻoholo koke ai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ʻōlelo ʻae ma muli o ke koi a ua wahi kanaka nei. | so Aiwohikupua readily assented to his servant's plea. |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.11 sent.2 | Kuʻu akula i kona ʻaʻala a hikilele maila ko Lāʻieikawai hiamoe, honi hou ana nō i ke ʻala. | and Laieikawai was startled from sleep and again smelled the fragrance. |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.15 sent.1 | LĀʻIEIKAWAI: “Eia lā ke ʻala. | LAIEIKAWAI: "Here is a fragrance, |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.16 sent.2 | ʻO ke kāne ia, moe ʻia.” | to marry him." |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.1 sent.5 | Iaʻu akula hoʻi, i lohe aku nei ka hana, e hōʻole loa aʻe ana nō kēlā me ka nuku maoli aʻela nō i ke kupuna wahine. | my going myself, since we have heard her vehement refusal and the sharp chiding she gave her grandmother. |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.5 sent.4 | Ke hele aku nei e māʻamaʻama. | It was then pretty near dawn. |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.6 sent.1 | A pau kā ʻAiwohikupua ʻōlelo ʻana i nā kaikuahine, kūlou like ihola ke poʻo o nā kaikuahine i kahi hoʻokahi e uē ana. | At Aiwohikupua's words all the sisters bowed their heads and wailed. |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.7 sent.1 | Kaha akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā iho, kāhea akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana ke kaikuahine muli loa, ʻī akula, “E lāua lā, kū iho! | When Aiwohikupua and his companion started to go, Kahalaomapuana, the youngest sister, called out. "O you two there! Wait! |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.8 sent.2 | Kāhea maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ke kaikuahine ʻōpiopio, “Iho mai kāua, ou mau kaikuaʻana ke noho aku.” | Aiwohikupua called to his sister, "You shall come with me; you older sisters must stay here." |
| Ch.10 p.51 para.1 sent.2 | Eia wau ke hoʻi nei!” | but I am going home." |
| Ch.10 p.51 para.2 sent.1 | Iā lāua e hele ana ma ke ala, kani akula ke oli a Mailehaʻiwale penei: | and as the two were still on the way, rang the song of Mailehaiwale, as follows: |
| Ch.10 p.52 para.1 sent.1 | A hala akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā, kūkā ihola nā kaikuahine i ko lākou manaʻo a hoʻoholo ihola lākou e ukali ma hope o ke kaikunāne me ka manaʻo e maliu mai. | When Aiwohikupua and his companion had departed, the sisters conferred together and agreed to follow him, thinking he could be pacified. |
| Ch.10 p.52 para.1 sent.3 | Noho ihola nā kaikuahine ma ke awa e kali ana no ke kāhea ʻia mai. | At the landing the sisters sat waiting to be called; |
| Ch.10 p.52 para.1 sent.4 | A pau lākou i ke kau ma luna o nā waʻa, ʻaʻole naʻe kāhea ʻia mai. | all had gone aboard the canoe, there was no summons at all, |
| Ch.10 p.52 para.1 sent.5 | Iā lākou i hoʻomaka ai e holo, kani akula ke oli a Mailekaluhea penei: | the party began to move off: then rang out the song of Mailekaluhea, as follows: |
| Ch.10 p.52 para.2 sent.4 | I nā hoa ukali o ke ala, | Those who have followed you over the way, |
| Ch.10 p.52 para.2 sent.5 | ʻO ke ala nui, ala iki, | Over the high way, over the low way. |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.2 sent.3 | E pono kākou ke ʻimi aku i awa ʻē aʻe e pae aku ai.” | we had better look for another landing place." |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.3 sent.1 | Iā lākou i haʻalele ai i kahi a nā kaikuahine e noho ana, hea akula ʻo Mailelauliʻi ma hope ma ke mele penei: | As they left the sisters sitting there, Mailelaulii sang a song, as follows: |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.4 sent.11 | Kokolo pali o ke alahaka, | Crept over the cliff where the way was rugged, |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.5 sent.3 | I ka huakaʻi hoʻi a ke aloha ʻole ē. | On the home journey — heartless. |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.7 sent.3 | Hoʻolohe aku kākou ʻo ka leo o ke kāhea mai, a kau kākou ma luna o nā waʻa, a laila palekana.” | now we shall hear them calling to us, and go on board the canoe, then we shall be safe." |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.5 sent.2 | Hoʻomaka ko lākou waki e like me ko lākou hānau ʻana, a i ko lākou kaikaina ka waki wanaʻao o ke kū ʻana. | They kept watch according to age and gave the morning watch to the youngest. |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.5 sent.3 | ʻO ke kumu o ia hana ʻana a lākou pēlā, i ike ʻia ka manawa holo ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā, no ka mea, ua maʻa kona mau kaikuahine i ka holo ʻana mai mai Kauaʻi mai, ma ka wanaʻao e holo ai. | This was in order to see Aiwohikupua's start, for on their journey from Kauai the party had always set out at dawn. |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.7 sent.2 | Hoʻokoke akula kona mau kaikuahine ma ke awa, a ʻo Kahalaomāpuana ka mea i hele loa aku a paʻa ma hope o nā waʻa, a kāhea aku ma ke mele, penei: | The sisters followed down to the landing, and Kahalaomapuana ran and clung to the back of the canoe and called to them in song, as follows: |
| Ch.10 p.55 para.1 sent.15 | Nāu i waele ke alanui ma mua, | You have opened the highway before us, |
| Ch.10 p.55 para.2 sent.1 | I ia manawa a kona kaikuahine muli loa e hāpai ana i kēia leo kaukau i mua o ʻAiwohikupua, a laila, ua hoʻomāʻeʻele ʻia ka naʻau o ko lākou kaikunāne i ke aloha kaumaha no kona kaikuahine, a no ka nui loa o ke aloha o ʻAiwohikupua i ko lākou pōkiʻi, lālau maila a hoʻonoho ihola i luna o kona ʻūhā a uē ihola. | When his youngest sister raised this lamentation to Aiwohikupua, then the brother's heart glowed with love and longing for his sister. And because of his great love for his little sister, he took her in his arms, set her on his lap, and wept. |
| Ch.10 p.56 para.2 sent.1 | A nō ka paʻakikī loa o ʻAiwohikupua ʻaʻole e hoʻokuʻu i kona kaikuahine, i ia manawa, lele akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana mai luna aku o ka waʻa a hāʻule i loko o ke kai. | And because of Aiwohikupua's stubbornness in refusing to let his sister go, then Kahalaomapuana jumped from the canoe into the sea. |
| Ch.10 p.56 para.2 sent.2 | I ia manawa, hoʻopuka akula kona kaikuahine i ʻōlelo hope ma ke mele penei: | Then, for the last time she spoke to her brother in a song, as follows: |
| Ch.10 p.56 para.3 sent.1 | “Ke hoʻi lā ʻoe a ʻike aku, | You go home and look, |
| Ch.10 p.56 para.4 sent.1 | Ke hoʻi nei wau me ou pōkiʻi, | I am going back to your little sisters, |
| Ch.11 p.57 para.1 sent.1 | I loko o kēia kaukau hope loa a Kahalaomāpuana, ua hoʻopiha ʻia ko ʻAiwohikupua naʻau i ke aloha nui, a kāhea aʻela ʻo ia e hoʻoemi hope nā waʻa, akā, ua hala hope loa ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i hope no ka ikaika loa o ka holo o nā waʻa. | Dining this very last song of Kahalaomapuana's, Aiwohikupua's heart filled with love, and he called out for the canoe to back up, but Kahalaomapuana had been left far behind, so swiftly were the men paddling, |
| Ch.11 p.57 para.2 sent.1 | (Ma ʻaneʻi e waiho iki i ke kamaʻilio ʻana no ʻAiwohikupua. | (Here we must leave Aiwohikupua for a little |
| Ch.11 p.57 para.3 sent.1 | I ia manawa a ʻAiwohikupua mā i haʻalele aku ai i nā kaikuahine ma Honoliʻi a lawe pū aku iā Kahalaomāpuana, nui loa ihola ke aloha a me ka uē ʻana no ko lākou kaikaina. | When Aiwohikupua's party forsook his sisters at Honolii and took Kahalaomapuana with them, the girls mourned for love of their younger sister, |
| Ch.11 p.57 para.5 sent.2 | A hui aʻela lākou me ko lākou kaikaina, a haʻi akula ʻo ia i kāna hana a me ke kumu o kona hoʻi ʻana mai e like me ka mea i ʻōlelo mua ʻia aʻe nei ma kēia mokuna. | They crowded about their younger sister, and she told them what had happened to her and why she had returned, as has been told in the chapter before. |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.1 sent.4 | A no ia mea, kūkākūkā aʻela lākou i mea e ʻike aku ai lākou iā Lāʻieikawai, a nui nā lā o ko lākou ʻimi ʻana i mea e ʻike aku ai no ke aliʻi wahine o Paliuli; ʻaʻole loaʻa. | So they consulted how to get sight of Laieikawai, and after seeking many days after some way to see the princess of Paliuli they found none. |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.3 sent.2 | Malia paha o lilo ka ʻaʻā mau ʻana a ke ahi i nā pō a pau i mea no ke aliʻi e uluhua ai, a laila, hele mai e nānā iā kākou, a laila, pēlā paha e ʻike ai kākou iā Lāʻieikawai.” | perhaps the fire burning every night will annoy the princess so she will come to find out about us, then perhaps we shall see Laieikawai." |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.4 sent.1 | I ka pō mua, hoʻā aʻela lākou i ahi, a iā Mailehaʻiwale ke oli ʻana i ia pō e like me kā lākou hoʻoholo like ʻana. | The next night they lighted the fire and Mailehaiwale sang that night, as they had agreed, |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.4 sent.4 | Ua lohe nō naʻe ke aliʻi wahine i ke oli a ua ʻike nō hoʻi i ka ʻaʻā mau ʻana a ke ahi, a he aha lā ia mea i ke aliʻi wahine! | The princess had, in fact, heard the singing and seen the fire burning constantly, but what was that to the princess! |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.5 sent.1 | I ka lima o ka pō, ʻo ia ko Kahalaomāpuana pō, ʻo ka hope loa nō hoʻi ia, hoʻā ihola ke ahi, a ma ka waenakonu o ka pō, hana ihola ʻo Kahalaomāpuana he pū lāʻī a hoʻokani akula. | On the fifth night, Kahalaomapuana's night, the last night of all, they lighted the fire, and at midnight Kahalaomapuana made a trumpet of a ti leaf and played on it. |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.5 sent.2 | I loko o ia manawa, ʻakahi nō a komo i loko o Lāʻieikawai ka leʻaleʻa no kēlā leo e kani nei; ʻaʻole naʻe i hoʻouluhua ʻia ke aliʻi wahine. | Then for the first time Laieikawai felt pleasure in the music, but the princess paid no attention to it. |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.5 sent.3 | A ma ka pili o ke ao, hoʻokani hou akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i kāna pū lāʻī e like me ke kani mua ʻana, a laila, ua lilo ihola nō ia i mea leʻaleʻa no ke aliʻi. | And just before daylight Kahalaomapuana played again on her ti leaf trumpet as before, then this delighted the princess. |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.6 sent.1 | I ka lua o ka pō, hana hou nō ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i kāna hana, ma ka pili naʻe o ke ahiahi kāna hoʻomaka ʻana e hoʻokani. | The second night Kahalaomapuana did the same thing again; she began early in the evening to play, |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.6 sent.2 | ʻAʻole naʻe i uluhua ke aliʻi. | but the princess took no notice. |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.7 sent.2 | I ia manawa, ua hoʻouluhua ʻia ko Lāʻieikawai manawa hiamoe, a ʻo ka ʻoi nō hoʻi kēia o ka pō leʻaleʻa loa o ke aliʻi. | Then Laieikawai's sleep was disturbed, and this night she was even more delighted. |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.1 sent.1 | I ia manawa, puka aʻela ua wahi kahu nei o ke aliʻi i waho o ka hale aliʻi a ʻike akula i ke ahi a ua poʻe kaikamāhine nei e ʻaʻā mai ana. | Then the princess's attendant went out of the door of the chief-house and saw the fire which the girls had lighted, |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.1 sent.2 | Hoʻokolo akula ʻo ia a hiki i kahi o ke ahi e ʻā ana, ma ke kaʻawale naʻe kēia kahi i kū aku ai me ka ʻike ʻole mai a lākou lā iā ia nei. | crept along until she came to the place where the fire was, and stood at a distance where she was out of sight of those about the fire. |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.2 sent.1 | A ʻike kēia, hoʻi akula iā Lāʻieikawai, nīnau maila ke aliʻi. | And having seen, she returned to Laieikawai, and the princess inquired about it. |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.2 sent.2 | Haʻi akula kahi kahu i kāna mea i ʻike ai ma muli o ka nīnau a ke aliʻi, “Iaʻu i puka aku ai mai ka hale aku nei, ʻike akula wau he ahi e ʻaʻā mai ana. | The attendant told the princess what she had seen. "When I went outside the door of the house I saw a fire burning near, |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.2 sent.3 | Hele aku nei wau a hiki, a ma ke kaʻawale koʻu kū ʻana aku me ka ʻike ʻole mai o lākou lā iaʻu, aia hoʻi, ʻike akula wau he mau kaikamāhine ʻelima e noho ana a puni ke ahi. | and I went and came and stood at a distance without being myself seen. There behold! I saw five girls sitting around the fire, |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.3 sent.1 | A lohe ke aliʻi i kēia mea, ʻōlelo akula ʻo ia i kona kahu, “E kiʻi ʻoe a kahi mea ʻuʻuku o lākou. | When the princess heard this she said to her attendant, "Go and get the smallest of them, |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.4 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a ke aliʻi, hele akula kahi kahu a hiki i kahi o nā kaikamāhine, a ʻike maila lākou i kēia mea, haʻi akula ʻo ia, “He ʻalele wau i hoʻouna ʻia mai nei e kuʻu aliʻi e kiʻi mai i kekahi o ʻoukou e like me kaʻu mea e manaʻo ai e lawe. | At these words of the princess, the nurse went and came to the place where the sisters were and they saw her, and she said, "I am a messenger sent hither by my chief to fetch whichever one of you I want to take; |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.4 sent.2 | No laila, ke lawe nei wau i kahi mea ʻuʻuku o ʻoukou e hele e launa pū me kuʻu aliʻi e like me kāna kauoha.” | so I take the smallest of you to go and visit my princess as she has commanded." |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.5 sent.2 | Iā ia naʻe i hiki aku ai a ka hale, wehe aʻela ke kahu o ke aliʻi i ka puka o ka hale aliʻi. | When they had come to the house, the attendant opened the door; |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.5 sent.4 | ʻElua hoʻi mau manu ʻiʻiwi pōlena e kau ana ma nā poʻohiwi o ke aliʻi e lū ana i nā wai ʻala lehua ma ke poʻo o ke aliʻi. | two scarlet iiwi birds were perched on the shoulders of the princess and shook the dew from red lehua blossoms upon her head. |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.5 sent.5 | A no ka ʻike ʻana aku o Kahalaomāpuana i kēia mau mea, a he mea kupanaha ia i mua o ke kaikamahine malihini, hāʻule akula ʻo ia i ka honua me ka naʻau ʻeʻehia. | And when Kahalaomapuana saw this, then it seemed marvelous to the stranger girl, and she fell to the ground with trembling heart. |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.6 sent.1 | Hele akula ke kahu o ke aliʻi a nīnau akula, “He aha kēia, e ke kaikamahine?” | The princess's attendant came and asked, "What is the matter, daughter?" |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.7 sent.1 | A pālua kāna nīnau ʻana, a laila, ala aʻela ke kaikamahine a ʻōlelo akula i ke kahu o ke aliʻi me ka ʻī aku, “E ʻae mai ʻoe iaʻu e hoʻi au me oʻu kaikuaʻana ma kahi i loaʻa ai wau iā ʻoe, no ka mea, ua ʻeʻehia wau i ka makaʻu no ke ʻano ʻē loa o kāu aliʻi.” | And twice she asked, then the girl arose and said to the princess's attendant as follows: "Permit me to return to my sisters, to the place from which you took me, for I tremble with fear at the marvelous nature of your princess." |
| Ch.11 p.61 para.1 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo maila ke kahu o ke aliʻi, “Mai makaʻu ʻoe. | Said the princess's attendant, "Do not fear, |
| Ch.11 p.61 para.2 sent.1 | “He makaʻu,” wahi a ke kaikamahine. | "I am afraid," said the girl. |
| Ch.11 p.61 para.3 sent.1 | A lohe maila ke aliʻi i kā lāua haukamumu, ala aʻela ʻo ia a hea akula iā Kahalaomāpuana, a laila, ua hoʻopau ʻia ko ke kaikamahine naʻau kaumaha, a komo akula ka malihini e launa me ke aliʻi. | When the princess heard their low voices, she arose and called to Kahalaomapuana; then the girl's distress was at an end, and the stranger entered to visit the princess. |
| Ch.11 p.61 para.6 sent.1 | Lālau aʻela ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i kāna pū lāʻī ma kona pepeiao, hoʻokani akula i mua o ke aliʻi, a laila, ua hoʻoleʻaleʻa ʻia ʻo Lāʻieikawai. | Kahalaomapuana took her ti leaf trumpet from behind her ear, and played before the princess; then Laieikawai was delighted. |
| Ch.11 p.61 para.6 sent.2 | ʻO ia ka maka mua o ko ke aliʻi ʻike ʻana i kēia mea kani. | This was the first time the princess had seen this kind of instrument. |
| Ch.12 p.63 para.1 sent.1 | A no ka lilo loa o ko Lāʻieikawai manawa i ka ʻoliʻoli no ka mea kani leʻaleʻa a ke kaikamahine, a laila, kēnā aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ke kaikamahine e hoʻokani hou, ʻī akula ke kaikamahine, “ʻAʻole e kani ke hoʻokani hou, no ka mea, ua mālamalama loa. | Now, Laieikawai became fascinated with the merry instrument upon which the girl played, so she bade her sound it again. Said the girl, '' I can not sound it again, for it is now daylight, |
| Ch.12 p.63 para.1 sent.2 | He mea mau ia, ma ka pō wale nō e kani ai nei mea kani, ʻaʻole e pono ma ke ao,” a no kēia ʻōlelo a ke kaikamahine, kāhāhā loa ihola ʻo Lāʻieikawai me ka manaʻo he wahaheʻe na ke kaikamahine. | and this instrument is a kind that sounds only by night; it will never sound by day." |
| Ch.12 p.63 para.1 sent.3 | A laila, lālau akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ka pū lāʻī ma ka lima o ke kaikamahine a hoʻokani ihola, a no ko Lāʻieikawai maʻa ʻole i ka hoʻokani ka pū lāʻī, no laila, ua loaʻa ʻole ke kani ma ia hoʻokani ʻana, a laila, he mea maopopo loa i ke aliʻi wahine he mea kani ʻole nō ka pū lāʻī ke hoʻokani ma ke ao. | Laieikawai was surprised at these words, thinking the girl was lying. So she snatched the trumpet out of the girl's hand and played upon it. and because she was unpracticed in playing the trumpet the thing made no sound; then the princess believed that the trumpet would not sound by day. |
| Ch.12 p.63 para.2 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā Kahalaomāpuana, “Ke makemake nei wau e hoʻāikāne kāua, a ma koʻu hale nei ʻoe e noho ai. | Said Laieikawai to Kahalaomapuana, "Let us two be friends, and you shall live here in my house |
| Ch.12 p.63 para.3 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “E ke Aliʻi ē, ua pono kāu ʻōlelo, akā, he mea kaumaha noʻu ke noho wau me ʻoe a e loaʻa ana paha iaʻu ka pōmaikaʻi, a ʻo koʻu mau kaikuaʻana, e lilo paha auaneʻi lākou i mea pilikia.” | Said Kahalaomapuana, "O princess, you have spoken well; but it would grieve me to live with you and perhaps gain happiness for myself while my sisters might be suffering." |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.1 sent.2 | ʻO ke keiki kāne nō ko mākou mua, a ʻo wau ko mākou muli loa. | and the boy is the oldest, and I am the youngest born. |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.1 sent.3 | A ma ka huakaʻi a ko mākou kaikunāne, ʻo ia ko mākou mea i hiki ai ma ʻaneʻi, a no ka loaʻa ʻole ʻana iā mākou o kona makemake, no laila, ua haʻalele kēlā iā mākou, a ua hoʻi akula ko mākou kaikunāne me kona kōkoʻolua, a ke noho nei mākou me ka makamaka ʻole.” | And we journeyed hither with our brother, and because we failed to gain for him his wish, therefore he has abandoned us and has gone back with his favorite companion, and we live here in distress." |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.7 sent.2 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “ʻO kou mau kaikuaʻana a me ke kaikunāne o ʻoukou kai maopopo, inā naʻe ʻo ʻoukou kai hiki mai i kēlā pō aku nei lā. | Said Laieikawai, "Your sisters and your brother I know well, if it was really you who came to me that night; |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.13 sent.1 | A hala akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana a hui me kona mau kaikuaʻana, nīnau maila naʻe kona mau kaikuaʻana i kāna hana a me ke ʻano o ko lāua hālāwai ʻana me ke aliʻi, haʻi akula kēlā, “Iaʻu i hiki aku ai a ma ka puka o ka hale o ke aliʻi, wehe akula kahi kuapuʻu nāna i kiʻi mai nei iaʻu, a i kuʻu ʻike ʻana aku nei i ke aliʻi e kau mai ana i luna o ka ʻēheu o nā manu, no ia ʻike ʻana oʻu, ua ʻeʻehia wau me ka makaʻu a hāʻule akula wau i lalo ma ka lepo. | When Kahalaomapuana rejoined her sisters they asked what she had done — what kind of interview she had had with the princess. Answered the girl, "When I reached the door of the palace a hunchback opened the door to receive me, and when I saw the princess resting on the wings of birds, at the sight I trembled with fear and fell down to the earth. |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.13 sent.2 | A no kēia mea, kiʻi ʻia maila wau a komo akula e kamaʻilio pū me ke aliʻi, a hana aku wau i kona leʻaleʻa e like me ko ke aliʻi makemake. | For this reason when I was taken in to talk with the princess I did just what she wished, |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.13 sent.7 | A hiki i ka manawa a ke aliʻi i kauoha mai ai iā lākou, haʻalele lākou i nā pūhā lāʻau kahi a lākou i noho pio ai. | At the time the princess had directed they left the hollow tree where they had lived as fugitives. |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.1 sent.1 | Hele akula lākou a kū ma ka puka o ka hale aliʻi, wehe aʻela ke kahu o Lāʻieikawai i ka puka a ʻike akula lākou e like me ka ʻōlelo a ko lākou kaikaina. | They went and stood at the door of the chief-house. Laieikawai's attendant opened the door, and they saw just what their sister had described to them. |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.1 sent.3 | A ma ke kauoha a ke aliʻi, ua kiʻi aku ka poʻe malihini a lawe ʻia maila i mua o ke aliʻi, a he mea ʻoluʻolu ia i ko ke aliʻi manaʻo. | And at the princess's command the strangers were brought into the presence of the princess, and the princess was pleased with them. |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.2 sent.1 | Iā lākou e hālāwai ana me ke aliʻi wahine, hoʻopuka maila ʻo ia i mua o nā malihini he ʻōlelo hoʻopōmaikaʻi, penei nō ia, “Ua lohe wau i ko ʻoukou kaikaina he poʻe ʻoukou no ka hanauna hoʻokahi, a he poʻe koko like ʻoukou, a no laila, ke lawe nei au iā ʻoukou ma ke ʻano o ke koko hoʻokahi. | And at this interview with the princess she promised them her protection, as follows: "I have heard from your younger sister that you are all of the same parentage and the same blood; therefore I shall treat you all as one blood with me, |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.3 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo, hoʻoholo aʻela nā kaikamāhine malihini na ko lākou kaikaina e hoʻopuka kā lākou ʻōlelo pane aku i ke aliʻi, “E ke Aliʻi ē, pōmaikaʻi mākou no kou hoʻokipa ʻana iā mākou, a pōmaikaʻi hoʻi mākou no kou lawe ʻana aʻe iā mākou i mau hoahānau nou. | To these conditions the stranger girls agreed: the younger sister answered the princess for them all: "O princess, we are happy that you receive us; happy, too, that you take us to be your sisters |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.3 sent.5 | A no laila, ke noi mau aku nei kāu mau kauā mai ʻae ʻoe iā mākou e hoʻohaumia me kekahi mau kānaka e like me ka makemake o ke aliʻi. | and so we, your servants, beseech you not to defile us with any man, according to the princess's pleasure, |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.3 sent.7 | He mea maikaʻi naʻe i ko ke aliʻi manaʻo ka ʻōlelo a nā malihini. | And this request of the strangers seemed good to the princess. |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.1 sent.1 | A pau kā lākou ʻōlelo ʻana me ke aliʻi no kēia mau mea, hoʻihoʻi ʻia akula lākou a ma ka hale i hoʻomākaukau ʻia no lākou. | After talking with the princess concerning all these things, they were dismissed to the house prepared for them. |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.1 sent.2 | I ua mau kaikamāhine nei e noho ana ma kou lākou hale, he mea mau iā lākou ke kūkā mau ma nā mea e pili ana iā lākou a me ke aliʻi, no ko lākou noho ʻana a me nā hana a ke aliʻi e ʻōlelo mai ai. | As soon as the girls went to live in the house they consulted how they should obey the princess's commands, |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.1 sent.3 | A hoʻoholo aʻela lākou e hoʻolilo i ko lākou kaikaina i hoa kūkā no ke aliʻi ma nā hana e pili ana i kou lākou noho ʻana. | and they appointed their younger sister to speak to the princess about what they had agreed upon. |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.2 sent.1 | I kekahi awakea, i ko ke aliʻi manawa ala mai ka hiamoe mai, hele akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana e hoʻoleʻaleʻa i ke aliʻi ma ka hoʻokanikani ʻana i ka pū lāʻī a pau ko ke aliʻi makemake. | One afternoon, just as the princess woke from sleep, came Kahalaomapuana to amuse the princess by playing on the trumpet until the princess wished it no longer. |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.2 sent.2 | I ia manawa, haʻi akula ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo i mua o Lāʻieikawai no kā lākou mea i kūkā ai me kona mau kaikuaʻana, ʻī akula, “E ke Aliʻi, ua kūkā mākou i mea nou e maluhia ai. | Then she told Laieikawai what the sisters had agreed upon and said, "O princess, we have consulted together how to protect you, |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.2 sent.5 | No laila, ke noi aku nei au e ʻae mai ke aliʻi i like me kā mākou hoʻoholo ʻana.” | Therefore I pray the princess to consent to what we have agreed." |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.3 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “Ke ʻae aku nei wau e like me kā ʻoukou mau ʻōlelo hoʻoholo, a ʻo ʻoukou nō ka mana ma Paliuli nei a puni.” | Said Laieikawai, "I consent to your agreement, and yours shall be the guardianship over all the land of Paliuli." |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.4 sent.1 | Eia naʻe ka manaʻo nui o kēlā poʻe kaikamāhine e lilo i kiaʻi no ke aliʻi. | Now the girls' main purpose in becoming guardians of Paliuli was, |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.5 sent.4 | Eia wale nō ko lākou manawa ʻike i kā lākou mau mea ʻai i ka manawa mākaukau o lākou e pāʻina, i ia manawa e lawe mai ai nā manu i nā mea ʻai a lākou, a na nā manu nō e hoʻihoʻi aku i nā ukana ke pau kā lākou pāʻina ʻana. | nor the food itself, save when, at mealtimes, the birds brought them food and cleared away the remnants when they had done. |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.6 sent.1 | (Ma ʻaneʻi, e ka mea heluhelu, e waiho i ke kamaʻilio ʻana no nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua, a ma ka mokuna ʻumikumamākolu o kēia kaʻao, e kamaʻilio hou no ʻAiwohikupua no kona hoʻi ʻana i Kauaʻi). | (Here, O reader, we leave speaking of the sisters of Aiwohikupua, and in Chapter XIII of this tale will speak again of Aiwohikupua and his coming to Kauai.) |
| Ch.13 p.67 para.1 sent.1 | Ma hope iho o ko Kahalaomāpuana lele ʻana i loko o ke kai mai luna iho o nā waʻa, e holo ikaika loa ana nā waʻa i ia manawa, no laila, ua hala hope loa ʻo Kahalaomāpuana. | At the time when Kahalaomapuana leaped from the canoe into the sea it was going very swiftly, so she fell far behind. |
| Ch.13 p.67 para.2 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua i hoʻi ai mai Hawaiʻi mai a hiki ma waena o Oʻahu nei a me Kauaʻi, ʻōlelo akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona mau hoe waʻa penei, “I ko kākou hoʻi ʻana ʻaneʻi a hiki i Kauaʻi, mai ʻōlelo ʻoukou i Hawaiʻi aku nei kākou i o Lāʻieikawai lā o hilahila auaneʻi au, no ka mea, he kanaka wau ua waia i ka ʻōlelo ʻia, a no laila, ke haʻi aku nei au i kaʻu ʻōlelo paʻa iā ʻoukou. | As Aiwohikupua sailed away from Hawaii, between Oahu and Kauai he spoke to his paddlers as follows: "When we get back to Kauai let no one tell that we have been to Hawaii after Laieikawai, lest shame come to me and I be spoken of jeeringly; and therefore I lay my commands upon you. |
| Ch.13 p.67 para.3 sent.1 | I kekahi mau lā, makemake ihola ke aliʻi ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e hana i ʻahaʻaina pālala me nā aliʻi a me kona mau hoa a puni ʻo Kauaʻi. | A few days afterwards Aiwohikupua, the chief, wished to make a feast for the chiefs and for all his friends on Kauai. |
| Ch.13 p.67 para.3 sent.2 | A i ka mākaukau ʻana o ka ʻahaʻaina pālala a ke aliʻi, kauoha aʻela ke aliʻi i kāna ʻōlelo e kiʻi aku i nā hoa ʻai, ma nā aliʻi kāne wale nō, a hoʻokahi wale nō aliʻi wahine i ʻae ʻia e komo i ka ʻahaʻaina pālala, ʻo ia ʻo Kaʻiliokalauokekoa. | While the feast was being made ready the chief gave word to fetch the feasters; with all the male chiefs, only one woman of rank was allowed to come to the celebration; this was Kailiokalauokekoa. |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.1 sent.3 | I loko o ko lākou manawa ʻai, ʻaʻole i loaʻa iā lākou ka ʻona ʻana o ka ʻawa, a no ka loaʻa ʻole o ka ʻona o ka ʻawa, hoʻolale koke aʻela ke aliʻi i kona mau mama ʻawa e mama hou ka ʻawa. | During the feasting, the awa had not the least effect upon them. And because the awa had no effect, the chief hastily urged his awa chewers to chew the awa a second time. |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.1 sent.4 | A mākaukau ko ke aliʻi makemake, lālau like aʻela nā hoa ʻai o ke aliʻi a me ke aliʻi pū i nā ʻapu ʻawa a inu aʻela. | When the chief's command was carried out, the guests and the chief himself took up their cups of awa all together and drank. |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.1 sent.5 | Ma kēia inu ʻawa hope o lākou, ua loʻohia mai ma luna o lākou ka ʻona ʻawa, akā, hoʻokahi mea ʻoi aku o ka ʻona, ʻo ke aliʻi nāna ka papa ʻaina. | When this cup of awa was drained the effect of the awa overcame them. But the one who felt the effects most was the chief who gave the feast. |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.2 sent.1 | I loko o kēlā manawa ʻona o ke aliʻi, a laila, ua nalo ʻole ka ʻōlelo paʻa āna i ʻōlelo ai i kona mau hoe waʻa ma ka moana. | Now, while the prince was drunk, the oath which he swore at sea to the rowers was not forgotten; |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.2 sent.2 | ʻAʻole naʻe i lohe ʻia ma o kāna poʻe i pāpā ai, akā, ma ka waha ponoʻī nō o ʻAiwohikupua i lohe ʻia ai ka ʻōlelo huna a ke aliʻi. | not from one of his own men was the forbidden story told, but from the mouth of Aiwohikupua himself was the prince's secret heard. |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.3 sent.3 | I nānā akula ka hana i ka hale o ke aliʻi, ʻaʻole i kana mai o koʻu hilahila. | when I went to see the chief's house, it was very beautiful,
I was ashamed; |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.3 sent.6 | I hele aku nei ka hana me nā kaikuahine a hiki i ka hale o ke aliʻi, kuʻu aku hoʻi i kā nā kaikuahine loaʻa. | made the journey with the girls to the house of the princess, |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.4 sent.1 | I loko o kēlā manawa a ʻAiwohikupua e kamaʻilio ana no ka paʻakikī o Lāʻieikawai, i ia manawa, e noho ana ʻo Hauaʻiliki, ke keiki puʻukani o Mānā, i loko o ka ʻahaʻaina. | While Aiwohikupua talked of Laieikawai's stubbornness, Hauailiki was sitting at the feast, the young singer of Mana, |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.5 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “E Hauaʻiliki ē, ke makemake nei au e hele ʻoe i Hawaiʻi. | Said Aiwohikupua, ''Hauailiki, I wish you would go to Hawaii; |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.1 sent.3 | I nānā akula ka hana o lākou nei, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i kai o Keaʻau. | and, looking out, saw the rainbow arching above the beach of Keaau. |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.1 sent.4 | ʻŌlelo akula ke kuhina o ʻAiwohikupua iā Hauaʻiliki, “E nānā ʻoe i kēlā ānuenue e piʻo maila i kai, ʻo Keaʻau nō ia, a aia i laila ʻo Lāʻieikawai. | Said Aiwohikupua's chief counsellor to Hauailiki, '' Look well at that rainbow arching the beach there at Keaau. |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.5 sent.1 | I kekahi lā aʻe ma ka puka ʻana a ka lā, uhi ana ke ʻawa a me ka noe ma Keaʻau a puni, a i ka mao ʻana aʻe, aia hoʻi ʻehiku mau wāhine e noho ana ma ke awa pae o Keaʻau, a hoʻokahi ʻoi o ia poʻe. | Next day at sunrise the mist and fog covered all Keaau, and when it cleared, behold! seven girls were sitting at the landing place of Keaau, one of whom was more beautiful than the rest. |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.6 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻieikawai mā e noho ana ma kēlā kakahiaka, kū aʻela ʻo Hauaʻiliki a holoholo aʻela i mua o lākou lā e hōʻike ana iā ia iho ma kona ʻano kanaka uʻi me ka manaʻo e maliu ʻia mai e ke Aliʻi wahine o Paliuli. | As Laieikawai and her companions were sitting there that morning, Hauailiki stood up and walked about before them, showing off his good looks to gain the notice of the princess of Paliuli. |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.7 sent.3 | He ʻoiaʻiʻo! ʻO Hauaʻiliki nō ka ʻoi ma Kauaʻi no ke akamai i ka heʻe nalu, a ʻo ia nō ka ʻoi i loko o kona mau lā, a he keiki kaulana hoʻi ʻo ia ma ke akamai i ka heʻe nalu, a kaulana nō hoʻi no kona uʻi. | the truth is Hauailiki surpassed anyone else on Kauai as an expert in surf riding, he surpassed all others in his day, and he was famous for this skill as well as for his good looks. |
| Ch.13 p.70 para.3 sent.1 | A pau ko Hauaʻiliki mau minuke hoʻokahakaha, lele akula ua ʻo Hauaʻiliki me kona papa heʻe nalu i ke kai a ʻau akula a kūlana nalu. | When Hauailiki had showed himself off for some minutes, Hauailiki leaped with his surf board into the sea and swam out into the breakers. |
| Ch.13 p.70 para.6 sent.3 | ʻAʻole naʻe i loaʻa ka heahea ʻia mai, no laila, hoʻomaka maila iā Hauaʻiliki ke kaumaha me ka hōʻoiaʻiʻo iki i kēlā ʻōlelo a ʻAiwohikupua no ka “paʻakikī o Lāʻieikawai.” | he got no call whatever; then Hauailiki first felt discouragement, with the proof of Aiwohikupua's saying about the "stubbornness of Laieikawai." |
| Ch.14 p.71 para.3 sent.2 | Piʻi ke kai me he niho puaʻa lā ma ʻō a ma ʻō o kona ʻāʻī, i ia manawa, ʻuā ka pihe o uka. | the foam rose on each side of his neck like boars' tusks. Then all on shore shouted |
| Ch.14 p.71 para.4 sent.1 | A ʻike akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki i ko Lāʻieikawai ʻakaʻaka ʻana iho, manaʻo ihola ʻo ia ua komo ka makemake iā Lāʻieikawai ma kēia hana a Hauaʻiliki, a laila, hoʻomau akula ʻo ia ma ke kaha nalu. | When Hauailiki saw Laieikawai smiling to herself he thought she had taken a liking to him because of this feat, so he kept on repeating it |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.1 sent.2 | ʻĪ ihola ʻo Hauaʻiliki, ʻo ia wale nō, “ʻAʻole nō kā hoʻi ʻoe e kala i makemake ai, hoʻolohi wale iho nō,” a no ka peʻahi a ke aliʻi wahine o Paliuli, hoʻomoe ihola kēia i ka nalu a pae pono akula ma kahi a Lāʻieikawai mā e noho mai ana. | Hauailiki boasted to himself, "You wanted me all the time; you just delayed." And at the signal of the princess of Paliuli he lay upon the breaker and landed right where Laieikawai and her companions were sitting; |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.3 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻieikawai mā i hala ai i uka o Paliuli, hoʻi akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki mai ka heʻe nalu aku a hālāwai me ke kuhina o ʻAiwohikupua, ʻo kona alakaʻi hoʻi, ʻī akula, “Kainoa ʻo kahi paʻa aʻe nei a paʻa, he ʻoiaʻiʻo nō kā kā ʻAiwohikupua e ʻōlelo nei. | After Laieikawai's party were gone to the uplands of Paliuli, Hauailiki left off surf riding and joined his guide, the chief counsellor of Aiwohikupua. Said he, "I think she is the only one who is impregnable: what Aiwohikupua said is true. |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.3 sent.3 | Hoʻokahi wale nō mea i koe iā kāua, ʻo ke koʻele wāwae nō i Paliuli i nēia pō.” | only one way is left, for us to foot it to Paliuli to-night." |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.4 sent.2 | Iā lāua i piʻi ai, hālāwai mua lāua me Mailehaʻiwale, ʻo ia ke kiaʻi maka mua o ke aliʻi wahine. | As they went on, they met Mailehaiwale, the princess's first guardian. |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.4 sent.4 | ʻAʻole o ʻolua kuleana e piʻi mai ai i ʻaneʻi, no ka mea, ua hoʻonoho ʻia mai wau ma ʻaneʻi he kiaʻi maka mua no ke aliʻi, a naʻu nō e hoʻokuke aku i nā mea a pau i hiki mai ma ʻaneʻi me ke kuleana ʻole. | you two have no business to come up here, for I am the outpost of the princess's guards and it is my business to drive back all who come here; |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.4 sent.5 | No laila, e hoʻi ʻolua me ke kali ʻole.” | so turn back, you two, without delay." |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.5 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki , “E ʻae mai ʻoe iā māua e piʻi aku e ʻike i ka hale o ke aliʻi.” | Said Hauailiki, "Just let us go take a look at the princess's house." |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.7 sent.1 | Iā Hauaʻiliki mā i hala aku ai ma hope iho o ko Mailehaʻiwale hoʻokuʻu ʻana aku iā lāua, hālāwai koke akula lāua me Mailekaluhea, ka lua o kā ke aliʻi wahine kiaʻi. | As they went on, after Mailehaiwale let them pass, they soon encountered Mailekaluhea, the second of the princess's guardians. |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.1 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula lāua, “I hele mai nei māua e ʻike i ke aliʻi wahine.” | Said they, "We came to see the princess." |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.3 sent.3 | Iā lāua i hiki aku ai i mua o Mailepākaha, ʻaʻole he ʻoluʻolu iki o kēia kiaʻi i ko lāua hoʻokuʻu ʻia ʻana mai e nā kiaʻi mua, akā, no ka pākela o ka maʻalea ma ke kamaʻilio ʻana, ua hoʻokuʻu ʻia akula lāua. | When they came before Mailepakaha this guardian was not at all pleased at their having been let slip by the first guards, but so crafty was their speech that they were allowed to pass. |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.4 sent.1 | A hala aku lāua, aia hoʻi, ʻike akula lāua iā Kahalaomāpuana ke kiaʻi ma ka puka o ka hale aliʻi e kau mai ana i luna o ka ʻēheu o nā manu, a ʻike akula nō hoʻi i ke ʻano ʻē o ka hale aliʻi. | And they went on, and behold! they came upon Kahalaomapuana, the guardian at the door of the chief-house, who was resting on the wings of birds, and when they saw how strange was the workmanship of the chief-house, |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.5 sent.1 | Iā Kahalaomāpuana i ʻike mai ai iā lāua nei, he mea ʻē kona huhū, a laila, kāhea maila ʻo ia me kona mana ma ke ʻano ʻalihikaua no ke aliʻi, “E Hauaʻiliki ē! | When Kahalaomapuana saw them she was angry, and she called out to them authoritatively, as the princess's war chief, "O Hauailiki! |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.6 sent.2 | Ala aʻela ia a holo wikiwiki akula a hiki ma Keaʻau ma ke kakahiaka nui. | he arose and ran swiftly until he reached Keaau in the early morning. |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.8 sent.3 | I ka lima o ka pō o ka hoʻomau ʻana o kēia moeʻuhane iā Hauaʻiliki, ma ka pili o ke ahiahi, ala aʻela ʻo ia a piʻi akula i uka o Paliuli me ka ʻike ʻole naʻe o kona hoa. | On the fifth night after the dream had come to Hauailiki so repeatedly, after dark, he arose and ascended to the uplands of Paliuli without his comrade's knowledge. |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.1 sent.1 | Iā ia i piʻi aku ai, ʻaʻole ʻo ia i hele aku ma ke alanui mua a lāua i piʻi mua ai a ma kahi e kokoke aku ana iā Mailehaʻiwale. | In going up, he did not follow the road the two had taken before, but close to Mailehaiwale |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.1 sent.2 | Hele aʻela kēia ma kahi kaʻawale a pakele akula i nā maka o nā kiaʻi o ke aliʻi. | he took a new path and escaped the eyes of the princess's guardians. |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.2 sent.2 | A laila, nihi malū akula ko Hauaʻiliki hele ʻana a wehe aʻela i ke pani o ka puka o ka hale aliʻi, ua uhi ʻia mai i ka ʻahuʻula. | so he tiptoed up secretly, unfastened the covering at the entrance to the house, which was wrought with feather work, |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.3 sent.1 | Iā ia i komo aku ai a kū ma kahi a ke aliʻi e moe ana, lālau akula ʻo ia i ke poʻo o ke aliʻi a hoʻoluliluli aʻela. | When he had entered and stood where the princess was sleeping, he caught hold of the princess's head and shook her. |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.3 sent.2 | I ia manawa, puoho maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai mai ka hiamoe ʻana, aia hoʻi, e kū ana ʻo Hauaʻiliki ma kona poʻo, a he mea pono ʻole ia i ko ke aliʻi wahine manaʻo. | Then Laieikawai started up from sleep, and behold! Hauailiki standing at her head, and her mind was troubled. |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.3 sent.3 | A laila, ʻōlelo malū maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā Hauaʻiliki, “E hoʻi ʻoe ʻānō i kēia manawa, no ka mea, ua waiho ʻia ka make a me ke ola i koʻu mau kiaʻi, a no laila, ke minamina nei wau iā ʻoe. | Then Laieikawai spoke softly to Hauailiki, "Go away now, for death and life have been left with my guardians, and therefore I pity you; |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.4 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki, “E ke Aliʻi, e honi kāua, no ka mea, iaʻu i piʻi mai ai i uka nei i kēia mau pō aku nei lā, ua hiki mai wau i uka nei me ko ʻike ʻole, akā, ma ka mana o kou mau kiaʻi, ua kipaku ʻia wau. | Hauailiki said, "O Princess, let us kill one another, for a few nights ago I came up and got here without seeing you; we were driven away by the power of your guards, |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.7 sent.3 | A lohe lāua i kēia leo nīnau, hoʻomaha ihola ke aliʻi, ʻaʻole i pane aku. | When she heard the questioner, Laieikawai ceased speaking. |
| Ch.14 p.75 para.3 sent.1 | A hiki akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki a haʻi akula i ke ʻano o kāna hele ʻana iā ʻAiwohikupua me ka haʻi aku naʻe i ka lilo ʻana o kona mau kaikuahine i mau kiaʻi no ke aliʻi, a laila, he mea ʻoliʻoli ia iā ʻAiwohikupua. | When Hauailiki landed and told Aiwohikupua the story of his journey and how his sisters had become the princess's guardians, then Aiwohikupua rejoiced. |
| Ch.14 p.75 para.4 sent.1 | I loko naʻe o ko Hauaʻiliki manawa e kamaʻilio ana no ka lilo ʻana o nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua i mau koa kiaʻi no Lāʻieikawai, a laila, ua manaʻolana hou aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e holo i Hawaiʻi no ke kiʻi nō iā Lāʻieikawai e like nō me kona manaʻo mua. | While Hauailiki was telling how Aiwohikupua's sisters had become guardians to Laieikawai, then Aiwohikupua conceived afresh the hope of sailing to Hawaii to get Laieikawai, as he had before desired. |
| Ch.15 p.77 para.2 sent.3 | ʻAʻole au e nele ana i koʻu makemake, no ka mea, aia aku lā i oʻu mau kaikuahine ke kiaʻi o kaʻu mea e manaʻo nei.” | I shall not fail of my desire; for my sisters are now guardians of her on whom I have set my heart.'' |
| Ch.15 p.77 para.3 sent.1 | A no kēlā ʻōlelo a ʻAiwohikupua, pane maila ʻo Hauaʻiliki, “ʻAʻole e loaʻa iā ʻoe, no ka mea, ua ʻike akula wau i ke kapu o ke aliʻi wahine, a kapukapu nō hoʻi me ou mau kaikuahine. | At these words of Aiwohikupua, Hauailiki said, "You will not succeed, for I saw that the princess was taboo, and your sisters also put on reserved airs; |
| Ch.15 p.77 para.3 sent.3 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a Hauaʻiliki, ʻaʻole he manaʻoʻiʻo ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, no ka mea, ua manaʻolana loa kēlā no ka lohe ʻana ʻo kona mau kaikuahine nā kiaʻi o ke aliʻi. | To Hauailiki's words Aiwohikupua paid no attention, for he was hopeful because of what he had heard of his sisters guarding the princess. |
| Ch.15 p.77 para.4 sent.2 | A mākaukau ke aliʻi no nā kānaka, a laila, kauoha aʻela ʻo ia i kona kuhina e hoʻomākaukau nā waʻa. | and the chief arranged for paddlers; then he commanded the counsellor to make the canoes ready. |
| Ch.15 p.77 para.5 sent.1 | Wae aʻela ke kuhina i nā waʻa kūpono ke holo, he iwakālua kaulua, ʻelua kanahā kaukahi, no nā kaukaualiʻi a me nā pūʻali o ke aliʻi kēia mau waʻa, a he kanahā peleleu, he mau waʻa ʻāʻīpuʻupuʻu no ke aliʻi ia, a ʻo ke aliʻi hoʻi a me kona kuhina, ma luna lāua o nā pūkolu. | The counsellor chose the proper canoes for the trip, twenty double canoes, and twice forty single canoes, these for the chiefs and the bodyguard, and forty provision canoes for the chief's supplies; and as for the chief himself and his counsellor, they were on board of a triple canoe. |
| Ch.15 p.77 para.5 sent.2 | Wae aʻela ke kuhina i nā waʻa kūpono ke holo, he iwakālua kaulua, ʻelua kanahā kaukahi, no nā kaukaualiʻi a me nā pūʻali o ke aliʻi kēia mau waʻa, a he kanahā peleleu, he mau waʻa ʻāʻīpuʻupuʻu no ke aliʻi ia, a ʻo ke aliʻi hoʻi a me kona kuhina, ma luna lāua o nā pūkolu. | The counsellor chose the proper canoes for the trip, twenty double canoes, and twice forty single canoes, these for the chiefs and the bodyguard, and forty provision canoes for the chief's supplies; and as for the chief himself and his counsellor, they were on board of a triple canoe. |
| Ch.15 p.77 para.5 sent.3 | A mākaukau kēia mau mea a pau e like me ka wā holo mau o ke aliʻi, pēlā lākou i holo ai. | When everything was ready for such a journey they set out. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.1 sent.2 | A hiki lākou ma Kohala, i ia manawa, ʻakahi nō a maopopo i ko Kohala poʻe ʻo ʻAiwohikupua kēia, ke kupua kaulana a puni nā moku. | When they came to Kohala, for the first time the Kohala people recognized Aiwohikupua, a magician renowned all over the islands. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.1 sent.3 | A no ko ke aliʻi hūnā ʻana iā ia ma kēlā hiki ʻana ma Kohala i hakakā ai me Ihuanu, ʻo ia ka mea i ʻike ʻole ʻia ai. | And because the chief came in disguise to Kohala when he fought with Cold-nose, this was why they had not recognized him. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.3 sent.4 | Mai iho ʻoukou ma ke kai. | do not go down to the sea, |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.4 sent.1 | A lohe ke koa kiaʻi nui o ke aliʻi wahine i kēia ʻōlelo a ko lākou kupuna wahine, i ia manawa, kauoha koke aʻela ʻo Kahalaomāpuana iā Kihanuilūlūmoku ko lākou akua e hoʻokokoke mai ma ka hale aliʻi e hoʻomākaukau no ka hoʻouka kaua. | When the princess's head guard heard her grandmother's words, then Kahalaomapuana immediately ordered Kihanuilulumoku, their god, to come near the home of the chief and prepare for battle. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.5 sent.1 | Ma ko Kahalaomāpuana ʻano kiaʻi nui no ke aliʻi, kauoha aʻela ʻo ia i kona mau kaikuaʻana e kūkākūkā lākou ma nā mea e pono ai ke aliʻi. | As the princess's chief guard, she ordered her sisters to consult what would be the best way to act in behalf of the princess. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.5 sent.2 | Iā lākou i ʻākoakoa ai, kūkākūkā ihola lākou ma nā mea kūpono iā lākou, a eia kā lākou mau ʻōlelo hoʻoholo ma o ka noʻonoʻo lā o Kahalaomāpuana ke koa kiaʻi nui o ke aliʻi, “ʻO ʻoe, e Mailehaʻiwale, inā e hiki mai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a hālāwai ʻolua, e kipaku aku ʻoe iā ia, no ka mea, ʻo ʻoe nō ke kiaʻi mua loa. | When they met and consulted what was best to be done, all agreed to what Kahalaomapuana, the princess's chief guard, proposed, as follows: "You, Mailehaiwale, if Aiwohikupua should come hither, and you two meet, drive him away, for you are the first guard; |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.5 sent.7 | A pau aʻela kā lākou kūkā ʻana no kēia mau mea, hoʻokaʻawale lākou iā lākou iho e like me ma mua, ʻoiai, e kiaʻi ana lākou i ke aliʻi. | After all the council had assented they stationed themselves at a distance from each other to guard the princess as before. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.6 sent.2 | Iā lāua i ʻike mai ai e kū ana ka pahu kapu, ua uhi ʻia i ka ʻoloa, a laila, manaʻo aʻela lāua ua kapu ke alanui e hiki aku ai i kahi o ke aliʻi. | When they saw the taboo sign — the hollow post covered with white tapa — then they knew that the road to the princess's dwelling was taboo. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.6 sent.6 | Hoʻomau akula nō lāua i ka hele ʻana a loaʻa hou ke kolu o ka pahu kapu e like me nā mea mua, no ka mea, ua kūkulu ʻia nō nā pahu kapu e like me ka nui o kona mau kaikuahine. | [They continued on until they reached the third sing, like the ones before,] for one sign was set up for each of the sisters. |
| Ch.15 p.79 para.1 sent.1 | A loaʻa iā lāua ka hā o nā pahu kapu, a laila, kokoke lāua e hiki i ka lima o ka pahu kapu, ʻo ia nō hoʻi ko Kahalaomāpuana pahu kapu, ʻo ia nō hoʻi ka pahu kapu weliweli loa, ke hoʻomaka aʻela e mālamalama loa. | After passing the fourth taboo sign, they approached at a distance the fifth sign; this was Kahalaomapuana's. This was the most terrible of all, and then it began to be light; |
| Ch.15 p.79 para.2 sent.1 | Haʻalele lāua i kēlā pahu, ʻaʻole i liʻuliʻu ko lāua hele ʻana aku, hālāwai mua nō lāua me ke kiaʻi mua me Mailehaʻiwale. | They left the sign, went a little way and met Mailehaiwale; |
| Ch.15 p.79 para.2 sent.2 | Mahamaha akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua no ka ʻike ʻana aku i ke kaikuahine, i ia wā koke nō, pane akula ʻo Mailehaʻiwale, “E hoʻi nō ʻolua! | overjoyed was Aiwohikupua to see his sister. At that instant Mailehaiwale cried, "Back, you two, |
| Ch.15 p.79 para.3 sent.1 | Kuhi ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, hoʻomāʻakaʻaka, hoʻomāʻauea, hoʻomaka hou akula lāua e hoʻokokoke i o Mailehaʻiwale, kipaku hou maila nō ke kiaʻi. | Aiwohikupua supposed this was in sport; both again began to approach Mailehaiwale; again the guardian told them to go. |
| Ch.16 p.81 para.1 sent.3 | Pane maila ke kiaʻi nui, “E hoʻi ʻolua ʻānō! Mai lohi, a ʻaʻole hoʻi e kali, no ka mea, ua kapu ke aliʻi! ʻAʻole nō ou kuleana ma kēia wahi, a ʻaʻole nō hoʻi e hiki iā ʻoe ke manaʻo mai he mau kaikuahine mākou nou; ua hala i ia manawa!” | Said the head guard, "Return at once, linger not, delay not your going, for the princess is taboo, you have not the least business in this place; and never let the idea come to you that we are your sisters; that time has passed." |
| Ch.16 p.81 para.1 sent.4 | ʻO ke kū akula nō ia o Kahalaomāpuana, hoʻi, pau ka ʻike ʻana. | Kahalaomapuana arose and disappeared. |
| Ch.16 p.81 para.3 sent.3 | A hiki ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā i kai o Keaʻau, i ia manawa, hoʻolale aʻela ke kuhina o ʻAiwohikupua i nā pūʻali koa o ke aliʻi e piʻi e luku i nā kaikuahine ma ke kauoha a ke aliʻi. | As soon as Aiwohikupua and his companion reached the sea at Keaau, Aiwohikupua's counsellor dispatched the chief's picked fighting men to go up and destroy the sisters, according to the chief's command. |
| Ch.16 p.81 para.4 sent.1 | I ia lā nō, ʻike mua maila nō ʻo Waka i ko ʻAiwohikupua manaʻo a me kāna mau hana, a no ia mea, hele maila ʻo Waka a hālāwai me Kahalaomāpuana ko ke aliʻi wahine ʻalihikaua, ʻōlelo maila, “E Kahalaomāpuana, ua ʻike wau i ka manaʻo o ko ʻoukou kaikunāne a me kāna mau hana. | That very day Waka foresaw what Aiwohikupua's intention was.
So Waka went and met Kahalaomapuana, the princess's commander in chief, and said: "Kahalaomapuana, I have seen what your brother intends to do. |
| Ch.16 p.81 para.4 sent.2 | Ke hoʻomākaukau lā ʻo ia i ʻumi mau kānaka ikaika nāna e kiʻi mai e luku iā ʻoukou, no ka mea, ua inaina ko ʻoukou kaikunāne no ko ʻoukou kipaku ʻana i kakahiaka nei. | He is preparing ten strong men to come up here and destroy you, for your brother is wrathful because you drove him away this morning; |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.1 sent.1 | I ia manawa, kauoha aʻela ʻo ia iā Kihanuilūlūmoku ka moʻo nui o Paliuli ke akua o lākou nei. | Then she sent for Kihanuilulumoku, the great lizard of Paliuli, their god. |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.1 sent.2 | A hiki maila ua moʻo nei, kauoha akula ʻo ia, “E ko mākou akua, e Kihanuilūlūmoku, nānā ʻia ke kupu, ka ʻeu, ke kalohe o kai. | And the lizard came and she commanded him: "O our god, Kihanuilulumoku, see to this lawless one, this mischief-maker, this rogue of the sea; |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.2 sent.1 | Ma ka pō ʻana iho, piʻi akula nā kānaka he ʻumi a ke aliʻi i wae aʻe e luku i nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua, a ʻo ka hope kuhina ka ʻumikumamākahi ma muli o ka hoʻokohu a ke kuhina nui i hope nona. | That night the ten men chosen by the chief went up to destroy the sisters of Aiwohikupua, and the assistant counsellor made the eleventh in place of the chief counsellor. |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.3 sent.2 | I ia manawa, lohe akula lākou i ka hū o ka nahele i ka makani o ke alelo o ua a moʻo nui nei ʻo Kihanuilūlūmoku e hanu mai ana iā lākou nei. | Then they heard the humming of the wind in the thicket from the tongue of that great lizard, Kihanuilulumoku, coming for them, |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.3 sent.5 | ʻAʻole naʻe lākou i liʻuliʻu aku, he ʻike ʻana kā lākou i ka ʻūpoʻi ʻana iho a ke a luna o ua moʻo nei ma luna pono iho o lākou nei; aia naʻe lākou nei | soon they saw the upper jaw of the lizard hanging right over them; they were just between the lizard's jaws; |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.4 sent.1 | ʻElua lā, ʻaʻohe mea nāna i haʻi aku kēia pilikīa iā ʻAiwohikupua mā, a no ka haʻohaʻo o ke aliʻi i ka hoʻi ʻole aku o kona mau koa, a laila, he mea ʻē ka huhū o ke aliʻi. | Two days passed; there was no one to tell of the disaster to Aiwohikupua s party, and because he wondered why they did not return the chief was angry. |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.4 sent.2 | A no kēia mea, wae hou aʻela ke aliʻi he mau kānaka he iwakālua e piʻi e luku i nā kaikuahine, ma ka poʻe ikaika wale nō, a hoʻokohu akula ke kuhina i hope kuhina nona e hele pū me nā koa. | So the chief again chose a party of warriors, twenty of them, from the strongest of his men, to go up and destroy the sisters; and the counsellor appointed an assistant counsellor to go for him with the men. |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.5 sent.1 | Kali hou nō ke aliʻi, ʻaʻole i hoʻi aku. | Again the chief waited; they came not back. |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.5 sent.2 | Hoʻouna hou aku nō ke aliʻi hoʻokahi kanahā koa, pau nō i ka make. | The chief again sent a band of forty; all were killed. |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.6 sent.1 | I ia manawa, kūkākūkā aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua me kona kuhina i ke kumu o kēia hoʻi ʻole mai o nā kānaka e hoʻouna mau ʻia nei. | Then Aiwohikupua consulted with his counsellor as to the reason for none of the men who had been sent returning. |
| Ch.16 p.84 para.2 sent.3 | A no ka makemake o ke aliʻi e ʻike i ke kumu e hoʻi ʻole nei o kona mau kānaka, hoʻoholo aʻela lāua me kona kuhina e hoʻouna i mau ʻelele e ʻike i ke kumu o kēia hana a nā kānaka o lāua. | And because of the chief's anxiety to know why his warriors did not come back he agreed with his counsellor to send messengers to see what the men were doing. |
| Ch.16 p.84 para.2 sent.4 | Ma ke kauoha a ke aliʻi, lawe aʻela ke kuhina iā ʻUlili a me ʻAkikeʻehiʻale, ko ʻAiwohikupua mau ʻalele māmā, a piʻi akula e ʻike i ka pono o kona mau kānaka. | At the chief's command the counsellor sent the Snipe and the Turnstone, Aiwohikupua's swiftest messengers, to go up and find out the truth about his men. |
| Ch.16 p.84 para.5 sent.1 | “Pau akula,” wahi a ke kia manu, “i ka moʻo nui iā Kihanuilūlūmoku, ʻaʻole e pakele mai.” | "They are done for," said the bird catcher, "in the great lizard, Kihanuilulumoku; they have not been spared." |
| Ch.16 p.84 para.5 sent.3 | ʻAʻole i ʻupuʻupu, lohe akula lāua i ka hū a ka makani a me ke kamumu o nā lāʻau e hina ana ma ʻō a ma ʻō, a laila, hoʻomanaʻo lāua i ka ʻōlelo a ke kia manu, “Inā e hū ana ka makani, ʻo ua moʻo lā ia.” | not long after they heard the sighing of the wind and the humming of the trees bending back and forth; then they remembered the bird catcher's words, "If the wind hums, that is from the lizard." |
| Ch.16 p.84 para.6 sent.2 | I ia lele ʻana a kiʻekiʻe lāua nei, i ʻalawa aʻe ka hana, aia ma luna pono o lāua ke a luna e poʻi iho ana iā lāua nei, a no ko lāua nei māmā loa o ka lele ʻana ma ko lāua ʻano kino manu, ua pakele lāua. | They flew high and looked about. There right above them was the upper jaw shutting down upon them, and only by quickness of flight in their bird bodies did they escape. |
| Ch.17 p.85 para.1 sent.2 | I nānā iho ka hana o ua ʻo ʻUlili mā i ke a lalo o ua moʻo nei e ʻeku ana i ka honua me he ʻōʻō palau lā, a laila, he mea weliweli iā lāua i ka nānā aku, maopopo ihola iā lāua, ua pau ko lākou poʻe kānaka i ka make. | Snipe and his companion looked down at the lower jaw of the lizard plowing the earth like a shovel, and it was a fearful thing to see. It was plain their fellows must all be dead, |
| Ch.17 p.85 para.3 sent.1 | Ma mua o ko ka ʻīlio piʻi ʻana e luku i nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua, kauoha mua ua ʻīlio nei i ke aliʻi a me nā kaukaualiʻi a me nā kānaka a pau, a penei kāna ʻōlelo kauoha, “ʻAuhea ʻoukou. | Before the dog went up to destroy Aiwohikupua's sisters the dog first instructed the chief, and the chiefs under him, and all the men, as follows: "Where are you? |
| Ch.17 p.85 para.3 sent.5 | A laila, ʻo ka pule kā ʻoukou i ke akua iā Lanipipili. | Then pray to your god, to Lanipipili; |
| Ch.17 p.85 para.3 sent.7 | Akā hoʻi, i piʻi ka ʻohu i luna a hina i luna o ke kuahiwi, a laila, ua heʻe ka moʻo, ʻo ko kākou lanakila nō hoʻi ia. | but when the clouds ascend and turn toward the mountain top, then the lizard has melted away; we have prevailed. |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.2 sent.3 | I ia manawa naʻe, ua hala hope ka moʻo i ka ʻīlio e hele aku ana e loaʻa ke kiaʻi mua o ke aliʻi wahine. | By that time the lizard was too late for the dog, who went on until he reached the princess's first guardian. |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.3 sent.1 | I ia manawa, hanu aʻela ka moʻo ka hoʻokalakupua hoʻi o Paliuli a ʻike akula iā Kalāhūmoku i ke āiwaiwa o Tahiti. | Then the lizard took a sniff, the guardian god of Paliuli, and recognized Kalahumoku, the marvel of Tahiti; |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.3 sent.2 | I ia manawa, wehe aʻela ua moʻo nei i kona a i luna e hoʻouka no ke kaua me Kalāhūmoku. | then the lizard lifted his upper jaw to begin the fight with Kalahumoku. |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.4 sent.1 | I kēlā manawa koke nō, hōʻike aku ana ka ʻīlio i kona mau niho i mua o ka moʻo, ʻo ka hoʻomaka koke nō ia o ke kaua. | Instantly the dog showed his teeth at the lizard, and the fight began; |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, ua lanakila ka moʻo ma luna o Kalāhūmoku a hoʻi akula ka ʻīlio me ke ola māhunehune. | then the lizard was victor over Kalahumoku and the dog just escaped |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.6 sent.1 | Ma ke ahiahi o ua lā hoʻouka kaua nei o nā kupuʻeu, hoʻi mai ana ʻo Kalāhūmoku me ka nāwaliwali; ua pau ke aho. | In the evening of the day of the fight between the two marvelous creatures Kalahumoku came limping back exhausted; |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.6 sent.2 | I nānā aku ka hana o ke aliʻi i kāna ʻīlio, ua pau nā pepeiao a me ka huelo i ka moʻo, a no kēia mea, manaʻo aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e hoʻi, no ka mea, ua pio lākou. | when the chief looked him over, gone were the ears and tail inside the lizard. So Aiwohikupua resolved to depart, since they were vanquished. |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.6 sent.3 | Hoʻi akula lākou a hiki i Kauaʻi, a haʻi akula i ke ʻano o kāna hele ʻana a me ka lanakila o ka moʻo ma luna o lākou. | They departed and came to Kauai and told the story of the journey and of the victory of the lizard over them. |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.6 sent.4 | (ʻO ke kolu kēia o ko ʻAiwohikupua hiki ʻana i Paliuli no Lāʻieikawai, ʻaʻole he kō iki o kona makemake.) | (This was the third time that Aiwohikupua had been to Paliuli after Laieikawai without fulfilling his mission.) |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.7 sent.1 | Ma kēia hoʻi ʻana o ʻAiwohikupua i Kauaʻi mai ke kiʻi hope ʻana iā Lāʻieikawai, a laila, hoʻopau loa ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona manaʻo ʻana no Lāʻieikawai. | Having returned to Kauai without Laieikawai, Aiwohikupua gave up thinking about Laieikawai |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.1 sent.1 | A loaʻa kona hoʻomaikaʻi ʻia i mua o kona akua me ke kala ʻia o kona hala hoʻohiki, “ʻAʻole e lawe i kekahi o nā wāhine o kēia mau mokupuni i wahine hoʻāo,” e like me nā mea i hōʻike | And he obtained favor in the presence of his god, and was released from his sinful vow "not to take any woman of these islands to wife," as has been shown in the former chapters of this story. After the ceremonies at Kauai, he sent his messengers, the Snipe
and the Turnstone, to go and announce before Poliahu the demands
of the chief. |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.2 sent.2 | A hiki lāua, nīnau aku i nā kamaʻāina, “ʻAuhea lā ka wahine hoʻopalau a ke aliʻi o Kauaʻi?” | and came and asked the people of the place, "Where is the woman who is betrothed to the chief of Kauai?" |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.4 sent.1 | Hele akula lāua a hālāwai me ke aliʻi wahine o Hāna. | They went to meet the princess of Hana. |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.4 sent.2 | ʻŌlelo akula nā ʻelele i ke aliʻi wahine, “I hoʻouna ʻia mai nei māua e haʻi aku iā ʻoe ma ke kauoha a ko kāne hoʻopalau ʻekolu malama ou e hoʻomākaukau ai no ka hoʻāo o ʻolua, a ma ka hā o ka malama, i ka pō i o Kulu e hiki mai ai ʻo ia a hālāwai ʻolua e like me kā ʻolua hoʻohiki ʻana.” | The messengers said to the princess, "We have been sent hither to tell you the command of your betrothed husband. You have three months to prepare for the marriage, and in February, on the night of the seventeenth, the night of Kulu, he will come to meet you, according to the oath between you." |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.4 sent.3 | A lohe ke aliʻi wahine i kēia mau ʻōlelo, hoʻi akula nā ʻelele a hiki i o ʻAiwohikupua. | When the princess had heard these words the messengers returned and came to Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.5 sent.1 | Nīnau maila ke aliʻi, “Ua hālāwai ʻolua me Poliʻahu?” | Asked the chief, "Did you two meet Poliahu?" |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.6 sent.1 | “ʻAe,” wahi a nā ʻelele, “haʻi aku nei māua e like me ke kauoha; ke hoʻomākaukau lā paha kēlā. | "Yes," said the messengers, "we told her, as you commanded, to prepare herself; |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.6 sent.2 | ʻĪ mai nei naʻe ʻo ua Poliʻahu iā māua, 'Ke hoʻomanaʻo lā nō naʻe paha ia i ke kōnane ʻana a māua?'” | Poliahu inquired, 'Does he still remember the game of konane between us?'" |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.8 sent.1 | A lohe ke aliʻi i kēia ʻōlelo hope a nā ʻelele, manaʻo aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kēia mau ʻōlelo, ʻaʻole ia i hiki i o Poliʻahu lā. | When Aiwohikupua heard the messengers' words he suspected that they had not gone to Poliahu: |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.11 sent.1 | Akā, ma kēia hana a nā ʻelele lalau, ua hoʻā ʻia ka inaina o ke aliʻi no kāna mau ʻelele, no laila, ua hoʻopau ʻia ko lāua punahele. | Now for this mistake of the messengers the rage of Aiwohikupua was stirred against his messengers, and they ceased to be among his favorites. |
| Ch.18 p.89 para.1 sent.2 | A hiki ʻo Koaʻe i o Poliʻahu la, hālāwai akula lāua, haʻi akula ʻo Koaʻe i ke kauoha a ke aliʻi e like me ka mea i haʻi ʻia ma na paukū hope o ka mokuna ʻumikumamahiku o kēia kaʻao. | Frigate-bird went to Poliahu; when they met. Frigate-bird gave the chief's command, according to the words spoken in Chapter XVII of this story. |
| Ch.18 p.89 para.1 sent.3 | A pau na ʻōlelo a ke aliʻi i ka haʻi ʻia, hoʻi akula ko ke aliʻi ʻelele a haʻi akula ma ka pololei, a laila, he mea maikaʻi ia i kona haku. | Having given his message, the messenger returned and reported aright; then his lord was pleased. |
| Ch.18 p.89 para.2 sent.1 | Noho ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a i na la hope o ke kolu o ka malama, lawe aʻela ke aliʻi i kona mau kaukaualiʻi a me na punahele, i na haia wahine hoʻi, na hoa kūpono ke hele pū ma ke kahiko ʻana i ka hanohano aliʻi ke hele ma kana huakaʻi no ka hoʻāo o na aliʻi. | Aiwohikupua waited until the end of the third month; the chief took his underchiefs and his favorites and the women of his household and other companions suitable to go with their renowned lord in all his royal splendor on an expedition for the marriage of chiefs. |
| Ch.18 p.89 para.4 sent.1 | A hiki ka ʻelele i mua o ʻAiwohikupua ma ke kiʻi ʻana ia Poliʻahu, a haʻi maila i kana ʻōlelo maiā Poliʻahu mai, “Eia ke kauoha a ko wahine. | When the messenger returned from Poliahu, he told Poliahu's reply: "Your wife commands that |
| Ch.18 p.89 para.4 sent.3 | Inā e ʻike aku kakou ma ke kakahiaka nui o ka la ʻo Kūlua e haliʻi ana ka hau mai ka piko o Mauna Kea, Mauna Loa a me Hualālai a hiki i Waiʻulaʻula, a laila, ua hiki lākou i kahi o ʻolua e hoʻāo ai, a laila, hele aku kākou. | When you look out early in the morning of the seventeenth, the day of Kulu, and the snow clothes the summit of Maunakea, Maunaloa, and Hualalai, clear to Waiulaula, then they have reached the place where you are to wed; then set out, so she says." |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.1 sent.3 | E like me ke kāhiko ʻana i nā hoe waʻa o ke aliʻi, pēlā nō nā hoe waʻa o kona pūʻali aliʻi a pau. | so were all his bodyguard arrayed. |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.2 sent.1 | Ma nā waʻa o ke aliʻi i kau ai a holo aku, ua kūkulu ʻia ma luna o nā pola o nā waʻa he ʻanuʻu, he wahi e noho ai ke aliʻi. | On the high seat of the double canoe in which the chief sailed |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.2 sent.2 | Ua haku ʻia ka ʻanuʻu o ke aliʻi i nā ʻahuʻula, a ma luna pono o ka ʻanuʻu, he mau pūloʻuloʻu kapu aliʻi, a ma loko o ka pūloʻuloʻu, noho ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua. | was set up a canopied couch covered with feather capes, and right above the couch the taboo signs of a chief, and below the sacred symbols sat Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.3 sent.1 | Ma nā waʻa ukali o ke aliʻi, he ʻumi kaulua e hoʻopuni ana i ko ke aliʻi waʻa, a ma luna o nā waʻa ukali o ke aliʻi, he poʻe akamai i ke kāʻeke. | Following the chief and surrounding his canoe came ten double canoes filled with expert dancers. |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.4 sent.1 | Ma ka lā ʻo Kulu ma ke kakahiaka i ka puka ʻana aʻe o ka lā a kiʻekiʻe iki aʻe, ʻike akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā i ka hoʻomaka ʻana o ka hau e uhi ma luna o ka piko o nā mauna a hiki i kahi o lāua e hoʻāo ai. | On the seventeenth day, the day of Kulu, in the early morning, a little later than sunrise, Aiwohikupua and his party saw the, snow begin to hide the summits of the mountain clear to the place of meeting. |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.5 sent.2 | E like me ka mea i ʻōlelo ʻia ma luna, pēlā ko ke aliʻi hele ʻana. | He went in the state described above. |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.6 sent.2 | A hiki lākou i Waiʻulaʻula, ua paʻuhia lākou e ke anu, a no laila, hoʻouna akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona ʻelele e haʻi aku iā Poliʻahu, “ʻAʻole e hiki aku lākou no ke anu.” | When they came to Waiulaula they were shivering with cold, so Aiwohikupua sent his messenger to tell Poliahu, "They can not come for the cold." |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.7 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā i hiki aku ai ma ko Poliʻahu mā wahi e noho ana, he mea leʻaleʻa loa i ke aliʻi wahine nā mea kani o nā waʻa o ke aliʻi kāne, a he mea mahalo loa nō hoʻi iā lākou ka ʻike ʻana i ko ke aliʻi kāne hanohano a maikaʻi hoʻi. | When Aiwohikupua and his party reached Poliahu's party the princess was more than delighted with the music from the dancers accompanying the chief's canoe and .she praised his splendid appearance; it was beautiful. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.2 sent.3 | Hoʻolale aʻela kona mau mākua i nā kānaka e hoʻomākaukau i nā waʻa no Hinaikamalama e holo ai i Kauaʻi, a wae aʻela i mau hoa hele kūpono no ke aliʻi e like me ke ʻano mua o ka huakaʻi aliʻi. | The parents hastened the preparation of canoes for Hinaikamalama's voyage to Kauai, and selected a suitable cortege for the princess's journey, as is customary on the journey of a chief. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.2 sent.4 | A mākaukau ko ke aliʻi mau pono no ka hele ʻana, kau akula ʻo Hinaikamalama ma nā waʻa a holo akula a hiki i Kauaʻi. | When all was ready Hinaikamalama went on board the double canoe and sailed and came to Kauai. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.5 sent.5 | Ma ke kauoha a ka mea nona ka pō leʻaleʻa e kilu, ua hoʻopau ʻia ke kāʻeke. | At the request of the one for whom the sports were given the dance was ended. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.6 sent.2 | Hoʻi maila a kau akula i ka maile iā Hauaʻiliki me ke oli ʻana a kū maila ʻo Hauaʻiliki. | returned and touched Hauailiki with his maile wand and sang a song, and Hauailiki arose. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.1 | I loko o kēlā manawa, huli pono akula ʻo Hinaikamalama a ʻōlelo aku iā Hauaʻiliki, “E ke Aliʻi nona kēia ʻaha leʻaleʻa, ua lohe aʻela wau kēia ʻaha, ua ʻume ʻia aʻe nei kāua e ka mea ʻume o ka ʻaha leʻaleʻa āu o ke aliʻi no ka hoʻohui ʻana iā kāua no ka manawa pōkole. | And Hinaikamalama turned right around and said to Hauailiki, "O chief of this festal gathering (since I have heard this is all in your honor), your sport master has matched us two, O chief, to bring us together for a little; |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.6 | Makemake nō ʻo ia ala i ke kōnane. | He wanted to play konane. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.10 | Inā e make wau iā ia ala ma ke kōnane ʻana, a laila, lilo wau na ia ala. | if he beat me at konane, then I would become his |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.13 | I ke kōnane ʻana naʻe, ʻaʻole i liʻuliʻu, paʻa mua iaʻu ma luna o ka papa kōnane a māua, ʻo ko ia ala make ihola nō ia. | And in the game in a little while my piece blocked the game, and he was beaten. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.15 | Pono ʻoe ke noho me aʻu e like me kā kāua pili ʻana.' | you ought to stay with me as we have wagered.' |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.16 | ʻĪ mai kēlā, 'Alia wau e hoʻokō i kāu kumu pili a hoʻi mai wau mai kuʻu huakaʻi kaʻapuni mai, a laila, hoʻokō ʻia ke kumu pili āu, e ke Aliʻi wahine.' | Said that fellow, 'I will wait to carry out the bet until I return from a touring trip. Then I will fulfill the bet, O princess.' |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.18 | A no kuʻu lohe ʻana aʻe nei he wahine kā ia ala, ʻo ia koʻu hiki mai nei iā Kauaʻi nei a komo maila i ko ʻaha leʻaleʻa, e ke Aliʻi. | And When I heard that he had a wife, 1 came to Kauai and entered the festal gathering. O chief, |
| Ch.18 p.92 para.2 sent.1 | Ma hope iho naʻe o ka haʻiʻōlelo ʻana a Hinaikamalama, hoʻomaka hou ke kilu; iā ʻAiwohikupua lāua me Makaweli ke kilu i ia manawa. | Soon after Hinaikamalama's speech the games began again; the game was between Aiwohikupua and Makaweli. |
| Ch.18 p.92 para.2 sent.3 | Ma kēia ʻume hope, haʻi maila ʻo Hinaikamalama i kāna ʻōlelo i mua o Hauaʻiliki, “E ke Aliʻi ē, ua hoʻohui ʻia kāua e ka mea ʻume ma ka mea mau o nā ʻaha leʻaleʻa. | This time Hinaikamalama said to Hauailiki, "O chief, we have been matched by the sport master as is usual in this game. |
| Ch.18 p.92 para.2 sent.5 | Aia a ʻae mai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e hoʻokō māua i nā hoʻohiki a māua a pau ko māua manawa, a laila, ma ka pō leʻaleʻa hou a ke aliʻi e hoʻokō ʻia ai ka ʻume o kēia pō no kāua,” a laila, he mea maikaʻi loa ia i ko Hauaʻiliki manaʻo, a no kēia ʻōlelo a Hinaikamalama, lawe aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua iā Hinaikamalama no ka hoʻokō i kā lāua hoʻohiki. | when Aiwohikupua has consented to carry out our vow. after that, at the chief's next festival night, this night's match shall be fulfilled." Then Hauailiki was very well pleased. And because of Hinaikamalama's words, Aiwohikupua took Hinaikamalama to carry out their vow. |
| Ch.18 p.93 para.1 sent.1 | I ia pō nō, i loko o ko lāua manawa hoʻomaha no ka hōʻoluʻolu i ka hoʻohiki ʻana, hiki maila ma o Hinaikamalama ke anu māʻeʻele loa, no ka mea, ua kuʻu maila ʻo Poliʻahu i ke anu o kona kapa hau ma luna o kona ʻenemi. | That very night as they rested comfortably in the fulfillment of their bargain, Hinaikamalama grew numb with cold, for Poliahu had spread her cold snow mantle over her enemy. |
| Ch.18 p.93 para.2 sent.3 | Ke kō nei i ke ʻano o kuʻu manawa, | My heart is afraid. |
| Ch.18 p.93 para.2 sent.5 | Ke kau mai nei ka haliʻa i kuʻu manawa, | My heart begins to fear, |
| Ch.19 p.95 para.1 sent.1 | A pau ke oli ʻana o Hinaikamalama, ʻōlelo akula ʻo ia iā ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻAuhea ʻoe. | When Hinaikamalama ceased chanting, she said to Aiwohikupua, "Where are you?" |
| Ch.19 p.95 para.2 sent.1 | A hoʻomākaukau ihola lāua e hōʻoluʻolu no ka hoʻokō i kā lāua hoʻohiki ma ka hoʻopalau ʻana, a laila, hiki hou maila ke anu iā Hinaikamalama, ʻo ka lua ia o kona loaʻa i ke anu. | As they began to take their ease in fulfillment of their vow at the betrothal, then the cold came a second time upon Hinaikamalama. |
| Ch.19 p.95 para.3 sent.1 | “E ke hoa ē, he anu, | O my comrade, It is cold. |
| Ch.19 p.95 para.3 sent.3 | Ke anu mai nei ma nā kapuaʻi, | The cold lies at the soles of my feet. |
| Ch.19 p.95 para.3 sent.4 | Ke kōmi nei i kuʻu manawa, | It presses upon my heart. |
| Ch.19 p.95 para.3 sent.6 | Ke hoʻāla mai nei ke anu iaʻu, | The cold wakens me |
| Ch.19 p.95 para.4 sent.1 | I kēia manawa, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Hinaikamalama iā ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻAʻole anei ʻoe i ʻike i ke kumu o kēia anu o kāua? Inā ua ʻike ʻoe i ke kumu o kēia anu, a laila, e haʻi mai. | This time Hinaikamalama said to Aiwohikupua, "Do you not know any reason for our being cold? If you know the reason, then tell me. |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.1 sent.2 | Ua huhū paha iā kāua, no laila, ʻaʻahu aʻela i ke kapa hau ona. | she is perhaps angry with us, so she wears her snow mantle; |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.2 sent.4 | ʻApōpō, ma ke awakea, a laila, ʻo ia ka hoʻokō ʻana o ka hoʻohiki a kāua.” | to-morrow at noon, then we will carry out the vow." |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.3 sent.2 | A kaʻawale akula lāua, a laila, loaʻa ihola iā Hinaikamalama ka moe ʻoluʻolu ʻana i ia koena pō a hiki i ke ao ʻana. | After they had parted then Hinaikamalama slept pleasantly the rest of the night until morning. |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.4 sent.1 | Ma ke awakea, lawe hou aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e hoʻokō i kā lāua mea i ʻōlelo ai i ia pō iho ma mua. | At noon Aiwohikupua again took her in fulfillment of the agreement of the night before. |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.6 sent.2 | Ke poʻi mai nei ka wela a kuʻu ipo iaʻu, | The heat of my love stifles me, |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.6 sent.3 | Ke hoʻohahana nei i kuʻu kino, | It burns my body, |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.6 sent.4 | Ke hoʻonakulu nei hoʻi i kuʻu manawa, | It draws sweat from my heart, |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.9 sent.2 | I ia manawa, kau hou maila nō ka wela ma luna o lāua, a laila, hāpai hou aʻela ʻo ia ma ke mele: | Then again the heat settled over them, then she raised again the chant: |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.10 sent.2 | Ke ʻapo mai nei ka wela a ka pō iaʻu, | The heat of my love stifles me. |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.10 sent.3 | Ke ʻūlili ʻanapu nei i kuʻu manawa, | Its quivering touch scorches my heart, |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.10 sent.5 | I haoa ʻenaʻena i ke Kau, | The fiery heat of summer, |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.10 sent.7 | Ke hoʻeu mai nei ka wela iaʻu e hele, | The heat compels me to go, |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.1 sent.1 | I ia manawa ke kū aʻela no ia o Hinaikamalama, hele. | Then Hinaikamalama arose to go. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.3 sent.1 | (E waiho kākou i ke kamaʻilio ʻana no ʻAiwohikupua ma ʻaneʻi. | (Let us leave off here telling about Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, na Kauakahialiʻi lāua me Kaʻiliokalauokekoa ke kilu mua. | Now, the first game of spin-the-gourd was between Kauakahialii and Kailiokalauokekoa. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.4 sent.5 | Iā Hauaʻiliki me Poliʻahu ke kilu hope o ia pō. | To Hauailiki and Poliahu went the last game of the night. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.5 sent.1 | A no ka ʻike ʻole o ka mea ʻume iā Hinaikamalama i kēlā pō, no laila, ʻaʻole e hiki i ka mea ʻume ke hoʻomaka i kāna hana, no ka mea, ua ʻōlelo ʻia i ka pō mua, no Hauaʻiliki a me Hinaikamalama ka leʻaleʻa mua o ia pō, a no ka loaʻa ʻole i ka maka o ka mea ʻume, ua lilo ka leʻaleʻa i nā mea ʻē aʻe. | And as the master of ceremonies had not seen Hinaikamalama early that night, he had not done his duty. For on the former night the first game this night had been promised to Hauailiki and Hinaikamalama, but not seeing her he gave the first game to others. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.5 sent.2 | I ke kokoke ʻana e ao ua pō nei, huli aʻela ka mea ʻume i loko o ka ʻaha iā Hinaikamalama, a loaʻa ihola. | Close on morning the sport master searched the gathering for Hinaikamalama and found her. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.6 sent.1 | I ia manawa, kū maila ka mea ʻume a waenakonu o ka ʻaha, iā Hauaʻiliki me Poliʻahu e kilu ana, i ia manawa, kani akula ke oli a ka mea ʻume e hoʻokolili ana i ka wēlau o ka maile i luna o Hauaʻiliki, a kāʻili maila ka mea ʻume i ka maile, a laila, kū maila ʻo Hauaʻiliki. | Then the sport master stood up in the midst of the assembly, while Hauailiki and Poliahu were playing, then he sang a song while fluttering the end of the wand over Hauailiki and took away the want and Hauailiki stood up. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.7 sent.1 | I ia manawa, kū maila ʻo Hinaikamalama ma waho o ka ʻaha i mua o ke anaina. | Then Hinaikamalama stood in the midst of the circle of players. |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.3 sent.1 | I ke kolu o ka pō leʻaleʻa o Hauaʻiliki, i nā aliʻi e ʻākoakoa ana, a me nā mea ʻē aʻe, ʻo ia ka pō i hui ai ʻo Lilinoe me Poliʻahu, ʻo Waiʻale a me Kahoupokāne, no ka mea, ua ʻimi mai lākou iā Poliʻahu me ka manaʻo, ke pono nei ko ʻAiwohikupua mā noho ʻana me Poliʻahu. | On the third night of Hauailiki's festivities, when the chiefs and others were assembled, that night Lilinoe and Poliahu, Waiale and Kahoupokane met, for the three had come to find Poliahu, thinking that Aiwohikupua was living with her. |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, nei akula ka ʻaha leʻaleʻa no kēia poʻe wāhine no ke ʻano ʻē o ko lākou kapa. | the group of players were in an uproar because of these women, because of the strange garments they wore; |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.4 sent.3 | I ia manawa, popoʻi maila ke anu i ka ʻaha leʻaleʻa a puni ka pāpaʻi kilu, a kau maila ma luna o ka ʻaha ka pilikia a hiki i ka wanaʻao, haʻalele ʻo Poliʻahu mā iā Kauaʻi. | at the same time cold penetrated the whole kilu shelter and lasted until morning, when Poliahu and her companions left Kauai. |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.5 sent.1 | (Aia a hiki aku i ka hiki ʻana aku o Lāʻieikawai i Kauaʻi, ma hope iho o ko Kekalukaluokēwā hoʻāo ʻana aku me Lāʻieikawai, a laila, e hoʻomaka hou ke kamaʻilio no Hinaikamalama. | (When we get to Laieikawai's coming to Kauai after Kekalukaluokewa's marriage with Laieikawai, then we will begin again the story of Hinaikamalama; |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.5 sent.2 | Ma kēia wahi e kamaʻilio no ke kauoha a Kauakahialiʻi i kāna aikāne, pēlā aku a hiki i ka hui ʻana me Lāʻieikawai.) | at this place let us tell of Kauakahialii's command to his friend, and so on until he meets Laieikawai.) |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.6 sent.1 | Iā Kauakahialiʻi me Kaʻiliokalauokekoa ma Pihanakalani ma hope iho o ko lāua hoʻi ʻana mai Hawaiʻi mai, ʻoiai ua kokoke mai ko lāua mau lā hope, i ia manawa, kauoha aʻela ʻo Kauakahialiʻi i kāna aikāne, iā Kekalukaluokēwā, i kāna ʻōlelo hoʻopōmaikaʻi ma luna ona, a eia nō ia, “E kuʻu aikāne aloha nui, ke waiho aku nei wau i ʻōlelo hoʻopōmaikaʻi ma luna ou, no ka mea, ke kokoke mai nei koʻu mau lā hope, a hoʻi aku i ka ʻaoʻao mau o ka honua. | After their return from Hawaii, Kauakahialii lived with Kailiokalauokekoa at Pihanakalani. Now the end of their days was near. Then Kauakahialii laid a blessing upon his friend, Kekalukaluokewa, and this it was: "Ah! my friend, greatly beloved, I give you my blessing, for the end of my days is near, and I am going back to the other side of the earth. |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.7 sent.2 | Aia a hāʻule aku wau i kahi hiki ʻole iaʻu ke ʻike mai iā ʻolua me ka wahine a kāua, a laila, kū ʻoe i ka moku. | When I fall dead, there where sight of you and our wife comes not back, then do you
rule over the island, |
| Ch.19 p.99 para.2 sent.2 | Inā ʻo kāu wahine ia, ola ke kino, a kaulana nō hoʻi. | If you take her for your wife it will be well with you, |
| Ch.19 p.99 para.2 sent.4 | Aia a mālama pono ʻoe i ka ʻohe, a laila, wahine ʻoe, ʻo ia ke kauoha iā ʻoe.” | guard well the flute, then the woman is yours, this is my charge to you." |
| Ch.19 p.99 para.2 sent.5 | Ma kēia kauoha a Kauakahialiʻi, ua pono ia i ko ke aikāne manaʻo. | Kauakahialii's charge pleased his friend. |
| Ch.19 p.99 para.2 sent.6 | Ma ia hope mai, make akula ʻo Kauakahialiʻi, lilo ka noho aliʻi i kāna aikāne, a ʻo kā lāua wahine nō ke kuhina. | In the end Kauakahialii died; the chief, his friend, took the rule, and their wife was the counsellor. |
| Ch.19 p.99 para.3 sent.1 | A ma ia hope mai, i ke kokoke ʻana i ko Kaʻiliokalauokekoa mau lā hope, waiho akula ʻo ia i ʻōlelo kauoha no ka mālama ʻana iā Kanikawī, kā lāua ʻohe kapu me kāna kāne e like me ke kauoha a Kauakahialiʻi, “E kuʻu kāne, eia ka ʻohe. | Afterwards, when Kailiokalauokekoa's last days drew near, she prayed her husband to guard Kanikawi, their sacred flute, according to Kauakahialii's command: "My husband, here is the flute; |
| Ch.20 p.101 para.1 sent.2 | Ma hope iho o ka pau ʻana o kāna hoʻoponopono ʻana i ka ʻāina a me kona noho aliʻi ʻana, i ia manawa, hoʻomanaʻo aʻela ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i ke kauoha a kāna aikāne no Lāʻieikawai. | After apportioning the land and setting up his court, Kekalukaluokewa bethought him of his friend's charge concerning Laieikawai. |
| Ch.20 p.101 para.2 sent.1 | Iā Kekalukaluokēwā i manaʻo ai e hoʻokō i ke kauoha a kāna aikāne, kauoha aʻela ʻo ia i kona kuhina e hoʻomākaukau i nā waʻa hoʻokahi mano no ka huakaʻi kiʻi wahine a ke aliʻi i Hawaiʻi e like me ke aʻoaʻo mau o ke aliʻi. | Then he commanded his counsellor to make ready 4,000 canoes for the journey to Hawaii after a wife, according to the custom of a chief. |
| Ch.20 p.101 para.2 sent.2 | A mākaukau kā ke aliʻi kauoha, lawe aʻela ke aliʻi ʻelua mau punahele, a lawe aʻela i nā kaukaualiʻi, ka poʻe kūpono ke hele pū me ke aliʻi, a lawe aʻela ʻo ia i kona mau iʻaloa a pau. | When the chief's command was carried out, the chief took two favorites, a suitable retinue of chiefs, and all the embalmed bodies of his ancestors. |
| Ch.20 p.101 para.4 sent.1 | Ma kēia holo ʻana a lākou, hiki akula ma Makahanaloa i Hilo ma ke kakahiaka nui. | As they sailed, they arrived in the early morning at Makahanaloa in Hilo. |
| Ch.20 p.101 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, ʻōlelo aku kahi kanaka nāna i ʻike mua iā Lāʻieikawai i ke aliʻi, “E nānā ʻoe i kēlā ānuenue e piʻo lā i uka, ʻo Paliuli nō ia. | Then said the man who had seen Laieikawai before to the chief, "See that rainbow arching over the uplands; that is Paliuli, |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.1 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a kahi kanaka, ʻī aku ke aliʻi, “Alia wau e manaʻoʻiʻo i kāu no Lāʻieikawai kēlā hōʻailona, no ka mea, he mea mau i loko o ka wā ua ka piʻo o ke ānuenue. | At the man's words, the chief answered, "I will wait before believing that a sign for Laieikawai; for the rainbow is common in rainy weather; |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.1 sent.2 | No laila, i kuʻu manaʻo, e hekau nā waʻa, a e kali kākou a mālie ka ua, a laila, i piʻo mai ke ānuenue i loko o ka wā ua ʻole, a laila, maopopo no Lāʻieikawai ka hōʻailona.” | so, my proposal is, let us anchor the canoes and wait until the rain has cleared, then if the rainbow remains when there is no rain, it must be a sign for Laieikawai.'" |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.1 sent.3 | Ua like ko ke aliʻi manaʻo ʻana ma kēia mea me ko ʻAiwohikupua, a no kēia mea, noho ihola lākou ma laila e like me ko ke aliʻi makemake. | The chief's proposal was the same as Aiwohikupua's. So they remained there as the chief desired. |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.1 sent.5 | I ke kakahiaka nui o ka lā ʻumikumamālua, puka akula ke aliʻi i waho mai ka hale aʻe, aia hoʻi, e hoʻomau ana ke ānuenue e like me ma mua. | In the early morning of the twelfth day the chief went out of the house, and lo! the rainbow persisted as before; |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.1 sent.6 | Ma ke kiʻekiʻe iki ʻana aʻe o ka lā, aia e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i kai o Keaʻau. | a little later in the day the rainbow was at the seacoast of Keaau; |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.2 sent.1 | Ma kēlā lā, pau ko ke aliʻi kānalua ʻana nō kēlā hōʻailona, a holo akula a hiki i Keaʻau. | That day there was no longer any doubt of the sign, and they sailed and came to Keaau. |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.4 sent.3 | Make akula ʻo Kauakahialiʻi, kauoha aʻela i ke aikāne e kiʻi mai iā ʻoe i wahine, no laila, ʻo kāu kāne ia. | Kauakahialii is dead, and has charged his favorite to take you to wife; therefore this is your husband. |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.4 sent.6 | Noho ihola ʻo Lāʻieikawai a hala nā lā ʻehā e like me ke kauoha a kona kupuna wahine. | Laieikawai waited four days as her grandmother commanded. |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.4 sent.7 | Ma ke kakahiaka nui o ka hā o ko Lāʻieikawai mau lā hoʻomalu, ala aʻela ʻo ia a me kona kahu kuapuʻu, a iho akula i Keaʻau. | In the early morning of the fourth day of retirement, she arose and went down with her hunchbacked attendant to Keaau. |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.5 sent.2 | ʻEkolu naʻe mau keiki e kū ana ma kūlana heʻe nalu ʻo ke aliʻi a me nā punahele ʻelua. | three youths rose in the surf, the chief and his favorites. |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.6 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻieikawai mā e noho ana ma kahi a lāua e hoʻohālua ana no Kekalukaluokēwā, ʻaʻole naʻe lāua i ʻike i ke kāne a ke kupuna wahine i makemake ai. | As Laieikawai and her companion spied out for Kekalukahiokewa, they did not know which man the grandmother wanted. |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.6 sent.2 | ʻĪ aku ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona wahi kahu, “Pehea lā kāua e ʻike ai i ke kāne aʻu a kuʻu kupuna wahine i ʻōlelo mai nei?” | Said Laieikawai to her nurse, "How are we to know the man whom my grandmother said was here?" |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.1 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo aku kona kahu, “Pono kāua ke kali a pau kā lākou heʻe nalu ʻana, a ʻo ka mea e hele wale mai ana, ʻaʻole he paʻa i ka papa heʻe nalu, a laila, ʻo ke aliʻi nō ia. | Her nurse said. "Better wait until they are through surfing, and the one who comes back without a board, he is the chief." |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.2 sent.2 | I ia wā, ʻike akula lāua i ke kiʻi ʻia ʻana mai o nā papa o nā punahele e nā kānaka, a lawe ʻia akula. | Then they saw some men carrying the boards of the favorites, |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.2 sent.3 | ʻO ka papa heʻe nalu hoʻi o ke aliʻi, na nā punahele i ʻauamo aku, a hele wale maila ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā. | but the chief's board the favorites bore on their shoulders, and Kekalukaluokewa came without anything. |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.3 sent.1 | A maopopo ihola iā lāua kā lāua mea i iho mai ai, a laila, hoʻi akula lāua a hiki i Paliuli, a haʻi akula i ke kupuna wahine i kā lāua mea i ʻike ai. | When they had seen what they had come for, they returned to
Paliuli and told their grandmother what they had seen. |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.3 sent.2 | Nīnau maila ke kupuna wahine, “Ua makemake ʻoe i ko kāne?” | Asked the grandmother, "Were you pleased with the man?" |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.5 sent.3 | Aia a pau ka uhi ʻana o ka noe ma luna o ka ʻāina, i ia manawa e ʻike aku ai nā mea a pau, ʻo ʻoe kekahi me Kekalukaluokēwā e heʻe mai ana i ka nalu hoʻokahi, ʻo ia ka manawa e loaʻa ai ko ihu i ke keiki Kauaʻi. | When the mist clears, then all shall see you riding on the wave with Kekalukaluokewa; that is the time to give a kiss to the Kauai youth. |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.6 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻieikawai me kona kahu ma ka hale ma hope iho o ke kauoha ʻana a kona kupuna wahine, hoʻouna aʻela ʻo ia i kona kahu e kiʻi aku iā Mailehaʻiwale, Mailekaluhea, Mailelauliʻi, Mailepākaha a me Kahalaomāpuana, kona mau hoa kūkā e like me kā lākou hoʻohiki ʻana. | Afterward, when they were in the house, she sent her nurse to bring Mailehaiwale, Mailekaluhea, Mailelaulii, Mailepakaha, and Kahalaomapuana, her counsellors, as they had agreed. |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.6 sent.3 | Ua kūkā aʻe nei au me ke kupuna wahine o kākou, e hoʻāo wau i kāne naʻu, no laila wau i hoʻouna aku nei i ko kākou kahu e kiʻi aku iā ʻoukou e like me kā kākou hoʻohiki ʻana ma hope iho o ko kākou hui ʻana ma ʻaneʻi. | I have taken counsel with our grandmother about my marriage, so I sent my nurse to bring you, as we agreed when we met here. |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.1 sent.3 | Eia naʻe, a i hoʻāo ʻoe i ke kāne, mai haʻalele ʻoe iā mākou e like me kā kākou hoʻohiki ʻana. | Only when you marry a husband do not forsake us, as we have agreed; |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.3 sent.3 | ʻAʻole naʻe e hiki, no ka mea, ua ālai ʻia mai e ka hilahila, a hiki ʻole ke pane aku. | but he was ashamed to approach her and never spoke to her. |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.3 sent.4 | A, ʻo ua Halaaniani nei, ke kaikunāne o Maliʻo, he keiki kaulana ia ma Puna no ke kanaka uʻi; he keiki koaka naʻe. | As to this Halaaniani, he was Malio's brother, a youth famous throughout Puna for his good looks, but a profligate fellow. |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.5 sent.3 | No laila, ua hoʻokonokono ʻia mai wau e ke kuko e hele pinepine e ʻike i ua wahine nei. | for my passion forced me to go again and again to see this woman. |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.5 sent.4 | A ma kēia lā, ua lohe aku nei wau e lilo ana i ke aliʻi o Kauaʻi i ka lā ʻapōpō. | To-day I heard that to-morrow she is to be the chief of Kauai; |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.6 sent.2 | Ua hāʻawi aʻela ke kupuna wahine i ke aliʻi nui o Kauaʻi. | whom the grandmother has given to the great chief of Kauai; |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.6 sent.4 | No laila, a e like me kou makemake, e hoʻi naʻe ʻoe a kou wahi, a ma ke ahiahi pōʻeleʻele, piʻi hou mai, a ma uka nei kāua e moe ai. | Therefore, as you desire, go home, and in the dark of evening return, and we will sleep here on the mountain; |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.7 sent.1 | Ma muli o ke kauoha o Maliʻo i kona kaikunāne, hoʻi maila ʻo Halaaniani a ma kona hale noho ma kula a hiki i ka manawa i kauoha ʻia nona e hele aku i kahi o kona kaikuahine. | According to Malio's directions to her brother, Halaaniani returned to his house at Kula. He came at the time his sister had commanded. |
| Ch.20 p.105 para.1 sent.2 | Iā lāua e moe ana, a hiki paha i ka pili o ke ao, ala aʻela ʻo Halaaniani. | They slept until toward morning. Halaaniani awoke, |
| Ch.21 p.107 para.2 sent.2 | I ka hiamoe ʻana nō, ʻo ke oki nō ia, ʻaʻole wau i loaʻa wahi moe iki, a puoho wale aʻela.” | as I slept I knew nothing, had not the least dream until I awoke just now." |
| Ch.21 p.107 para.5 sent.1 | A no kēia moe, nīnau akula ʻo Halaaniani, “A he aha ihola ke ʻano o ia moe?” | Asked Halaaniani of the dream. "'What is the meaning of this dream?" |
| Ch.21 p.107 para.6 sent.1 | Haʻi akula kona kaikuahine i ke ʻano ʻoiaʻiʻo o ua moe la, “E pōmaikaʻi ʻiʻo ana nō ʻoe, no ka mea, ʻo ka manu mua nona ka pūnana, ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā nō ia, a ʻo ka pūnana, ʻo Lāʻieikawai nō ia. | His sister told him the true meaning of the dream. "You will prosper; for the first bird whose the nest was, that is Kekalukaluokewa. and the nest, that is Laieikawai, |
| Ch.21 p.107 para.6 sent.4 | Iā Waka e hoʻouna aʻe ai ia Lāʻieikawai ma luna o ka ʻēheu o na manu no ka hoʻāo me Kekalukaluokēwā, uhi mai auaneʻi ka noe a me ke ʻawa. | When Waka sends Laieikawai on the wings of the birds for the marriage with Kekalukaluokewa, mist and fog will cover the land: |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.1 sent.1 | A pau ka hōʻike ʻana a Maliʻo i ke ʻano o kēia mau mea, iho akula lāua a ma kahi kūpono iā lāua e noho ai. | After Malio's explanation of the dream was ended they went right to the place where the others were. |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.1 sent.2 | ʻO Maliʻo naʻe, he hiki iā ia ke hana i nā hana mana; a ʻo ia wale nō kona kumu i hoʻāno ai. | Now Malio had power to do supernatural deeds: it was to secure this power that she lived apart. |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.2 sent.7 | Malia o hoʻohuoi lāua i kou pae ʻole, nīnau iho i ke kumu o kou pae ʻole ʻana, a laila, naʻi aku ʻoe no ka maʻa ʻole i ka heʻe ʻana o ka nalu pokopoko. | Maybe they will wonder at your not riding ashore and ask the reason, then you answer you are not accustomed to surfing on the short waves, |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.2 sent.11 | Nānā mai ʻoe iā uka nei, e ʻau aku ana ʻo Kumukahi i loko o ka ʻale, a laila, ʻo ke kūlana nalu ia. | look over to the coast where Kumukahi swims in the billows, then this is the place for surfing; |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.4 sent.1 | E like me ke kauoha a Waka i kāna moʻopuna, “ʻAʻole e ʻōlelo i nā mea ʻē aʻe a laʻa ka ihu iā Kekalukaluokēwā, a laila, ʻōlelo i nā mea ʻē aʻe.” | As Waka had commanded her grandchild, "speak to no one until you have kissed Kekalukaluokewa, then speak to others," |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.4 sent.2 | Ua hoʻolohe nō kāna moʻopuna i ke kauoha a ke kupuna wahine. | the grandchild obeyed her command. |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.5 sent.1 | I ke kū ʻana o ka nalu mua, ʻōlelo mai ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā, “Pae kākou!” | As they stood on the first wave Kekalukaluokewa said, "Let us ride." |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.5 sent.3 | ʻO ia ka manawa i laʻa ai ka ihu o Lāʻieikawai iā Kekalukaluokēwā e like me ke kauoha a ke kupuna wahine. | then it was that Laieikawai and Kekalukaluokewa kissed as the grandmother had directed. |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.1 sent.3 | He aha lā ke kumu o kou pae ʻole ʻana?” | what is your reason for not riding?" |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.2 sent.2 | Haʻi akula kēia e like me ke kauoha a kona kaikuahine. | He spoke as his sister had directed. |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.7 sent.1 | A no ka nīnau a ke aliʻi wahine, ʻau akula lāua. | At this question of the princess they swam, |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.7 sent.2 | I ia manawa a lāua e ʻau ana, haʻi akula ʻo Halaaniani i kāna ʻōlelo i mua o ke aliʻi wahine, “Ma kēia ʻau ʻana a kāua, mai ʻalawa ʻoe i hope, i mua nō nā maka. | and while they swam Halaaniani bade the princess, ''As we swim do not look back, face
ahead; |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.8 sent.2 | I ia manawa, pane aku ʻo ia, “Haʻohaʻo ka nalu āu, e ke kāne. | then she said, "This is a strange wave, man! |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.8 sent.3 | Ke ʻau aku nei kāua i kahi o ka nalu ʻole. | We are swimming out where there are no waves at all; |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.8 sent.5 | Ke haʻi ka nalu i kēia wahi, he mea kupanaha. | a wave here would be strange; |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.12 sent.1 | “ʻO kūlana nalu kēia,” wahi a Halaaniani, “Ke ʻōlelo aku nei au iā ʻoe, inā i haki ka nalu mua, ʻaʻole kāua e pae i ia nalu. | "This is our crest." said Halaaniani. "I warn you when the first wave breaks, do not ride that wave, |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.12 sent.3 | A i ke kolu o ka nalu, ʻo ka nalu ia o kāua e pae ai. | the third wave is ours. |
| Ch.21 p.111 para.2 sent.1 | I ia manawa, hoʻomoe koke ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ka papa, ʻo ka pae akula nō ia ma ke kōkua aku o Halaaniani. | Then Laieikawai quickly lay down on the board and with Halaaniani's help rode toward the shore. |
| Ch.21 p.111 para.3 sent.2 | A ʻo Maliʻo, ke kaikuahine o Halaaniani, ua ʻike ʻia ma kona kuamoʻo moʻolelo, he hiki iā ia ke hana i nā hana mana he nui. | Malio, the sister of Halaaniani, as is seen in the story of her life, can do many marvelous things, |
| Ch.22 p.113 para.2 sent.1 | I kēlā manawa, i ke kokoke ʻana aku o Lāʻieikawai mā e pae i ka honua, ʻo ia ka manawa a Waka i hoʻouna mai ai i nā manu ma loko o ka noe. | Just as Laieikawai came to land, Waka sent the birds in the mist, |
| Ch.22 p.113 para.2 sent.2 | A i ka mao ʻana aʻe, ʻo nā papa heʻe nalu wale nō ke waiho ana; aia akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai me Halaaniani i uka o Paliuli ma ko Lāʻieikawai hale. | and when the mist passed off only the surf boards remained; Laieikawai was with Halaaniani in her house up at Paliuli. |
| Ch.22 p.113 para.3 sent.2 | Eia ke kauoha, “Iho ʻoe i kēia lā a hui ʻoe me Kekalukaluokēwā, hoʻi mai ʻolua a uka nei a laʻa ko kino, a laila, kiʻi aʻe ʻoe iaʻu, naʻu nō e mālama i kou pāʻū no ka hoʻohaumia ʻana iā ʻoe.” | "Go, to-day, and meet Kekalukaluokewa, then return to the uplands, you two, and after your flesh has become defiled come to me; I will take care of you until the pollution is past." |
| Ch.22 p.113 para.3 sent.4 | A no kēia haʻohaʻo a Waka, ma ke awakea o ka lua o ka lā o ko Lāʻieikawai lā hui me Halaaniani, hele akula ke kupuna wahine e ʻike i ka pono o kāna moʻopuna. | Because Waka was surprised, at midday of the second day after Laieikawai joined Halaaniani. the grandmother went to look after her grandchild. |
| Ch.22 p.113 para.4 sent.1 | I ke kupuna wahine i hiki aku ai, aia naʻe, ua paʻuhia lāua e ka hiamoe nui, me he mea lā, ua lilo ka pō i manawa makaʻala na lāua e like me ka mea mau i nā mea hou. | When the grandmother came to them, they were both fast asleep, like new lovers, as if the nights were the time for waking. |
| Ch.22 p.113 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, i loko o ka wā hiamoe o Lāʻieikawai, i nānā iho ka hana o ke kupuna wahine, he kāne ʻē kēia a ka moʻopuna e moe pū ana; ka mea a ke kupuna wahine i ʻae ʻole ai. | As Laieikawai lay asleep, her grandmother looked and saw that the man sleeping with her grandchild was not the one she had chosen for her. |
| Ch.22 p.113 para.4 sent.4 | A ala aʻela, nīnau ihola ke kupuna wahine, “ʻO wai kēia?” | and when she awoke the grandmother asked, "Who is this?'' |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.2 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ke kupuna wahine me ka inaina, “ʻAʻole kēia ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā! | Said the grandmother in a rage, "This is no Kekalukahiokewa; |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.2 sent.2 | ʻO Halaaniani kēia, ʻo ke kaikunāne o Maliʻo. | this is Halaaniani, the brother of Malio. |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.2 sent.3 | No laila, ke haʻi aku nei wau i kuʻu manaʻo paʻa iā ʻoe, ʻaʻole wau e ʻike hou i kou maka, e kuʻu moʻopuna, ma kēia hope aku a hiki i kuʻu lā make, no ka mea, ua pale ʻoe i kaʻu mau ʻōlelo. | Therefore, I give you my oath never to see your face again, my grandchild, from this time until I die, for you have disobeyed me. |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.2 sent.7 | He nani ia ua ʻimi akula nō i ke kāne, hana pono iho nā lima, i kāu kāne nā pono a me kou hanohano.” | that you must look for from your husband; work with your own hands; let your husband be your fortune and your pride," |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.4 sent.1 | A mākaukau ka hale, iho akula ʻo Waka e hālāwai kino me Kekalukaluokēwā, no ka mea, ua mokumokuāhua kona manawa i ke aloha iā Kekalukaluokēwā. | When the house was ready, Waka went herself to meet Kekalukaluokewa in person, for her heart yearned with love for Kekalukaluokewa. |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.4 sent.2 | A hiki ʻo Waka ma kahi o Kekalukaluokēwā, hopu akula ma nā wāwae me ka naʻau kaumaha, a ʻōlelo akula, “He nui kuʻu kaumaha a me kuʻu aloha iā ʻoe, e ke Aliʻi, no ka mea, ua ʻupu aku wau i kaʻu moʻopuna ʻo ʻoe ke kāne e ola ai kēia mau iwi. | When Waka reached Kekalukaluokewa's place, she clasped his feet and said, with sorrowful heart: "Great is my grief and my love for you, O chief, for I desired you for my grandchild as the man to save these bones. |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.5 sent.1 | Ma mua o ko Waka kiʻi ʻana iā Lāʻielohelohe, kauoha ihola ʻo ia iā Kekalukaluokēwā, “Ke holo nei wau ʻekolu anahulu me nā pō keu ʻekolu, a laila, hiki mai wau. | Before Waka went after Laielohelohe she commanded Kekalukaluokewa as follows: "I shall be gone three times ten days and three days over, then I shall return. |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.6 sent.2 | Nānā akula nō ʻo Waka, e piʻo mai ana nō ke ānuenue i uka o Wahiawā. | and Waka saw the rainbow arching up at Wahiawa. |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.6 sent.3 | Lālau ihola ʻo ia he wahi puaʻa i mea ʻālana aku i mua o Kapūkaʻihaoa, ke kahuna nāna i mālama iā Lāʻielohelohe, a piʻi akula. | She took a little pig to sacrifice before Kapukaihaoa, the priest who took care of Laielohelohe, and went up thither. |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.1 sent.1 | Piʻi akula ʻo Waka a hiki i Kūkaniloko, hoʻokokoke akula ʻo ia ma kahi i hūnā ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻielohelohe, hahau akula i ka puaʻa i mua o ke kahuna me ka pule ʻana. | Waka went up and reached Kukaniloko; she drew near the place where Laielohelohe was hidden, held the pig out to the priest and prayed, |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.1 sent.2 | A ʻĀmama aʻela, kuʻu akula i ka puaʻa i mua o ke kahuna. | and came to the amen, then she let the pig go. |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.1 sent.3 | Nīnau maila ke kahuna, “He aha ka hana a ka puaʻa i mua oʻu? | The priest asked, "Why do you bring me the pig? |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.2 sent.2 | Ua ʻupu aku wau ʻo ke aliʻi o Kauaʻi ke kāne, akā, ʻaʻole naʻe i hoʻolohe i kaʻu ʻōlelo; ua lilo aku iā Halaaniani. | I wished to have the chief of Kauai for her husband, but she would not listen to me, she became Halaaniani's; |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.2 sent.3 | No laila, i kiʻi mai nei wau i kāu hānai i wahine na Kekalukaluokēwā, ke aliʻi o Kauaʻi, i kū kāua i ka moku, ola nā iwi o ko kāua mau lā ʻelemakule a hiki i ka make. | therefore, I come to take your foster child to be the wife of Kekalukaluokewa, the chief of Kauai. We two shall be provided for, he will preserve our bones in the days of our old age until we die, |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.2 sent.5 | ʻŌlelo mai ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa, “Ua pono ka puaʻa, no laila, ke hoʻokuʻu aku nei wau i kaʻu hānai nāu e mālama. | Said Kapukaihaoa, "The pig is well, therefore I give you my foster child to care for, |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.3 sent.2 | Hoʻonoho ʻia ihola ʻo Waka, a komo akula ke kahuna ma kahi i hūnā ʻia ai. | Waka waited and the priest went still farther into the place |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.4 sent.1 | I ka lā i lawe ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻielohelohe a kau i luna o nā waʻa, i ia manawa, lawe aʻela ke kahuna i ka piko o kāna hānai a lei ihola ma kona ʻāʻī. | On the day when Laielohelohe went on board the canoe, then the priest took his foster child's umbilical cord and wore it about his neck. |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.6 sent.1 | Noho maila ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā me ke kali i loko ka manawa i kauoha ʻia. | Kekalukaluokewa waited during the time appointed. |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.7 sent.1 | I kekahi lā, ma ke kakahiaka, i loko o ko ke aliʻi manawa i ala mai ai mai ka hiamoe mai, ʻike aʻela ʻo ia i ka hōʻailona a Waka i kauoha ai, no ka mea, aia ka pūnohu i ka moana. | The next day, in the early morning, when the chief awoke from sleep, he saw the sign which Waka had promised, for there was the colored cloud on the ocean. |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.8 sent.1 | Ma ka ʻauinalā, ʻike maopopo ʻia akula nā waʻa, ʻākoakoa aʻela nā kānaka a pau ma ke awa pae waʻa e ʻike i ke aliʻi, i ka manaʻo, e puka aku ana a hālāwai me ke kāne. | In the afternoon, when the double canoes came in sight, all the people crowded to the landing place to see the chief, thinking she would come ashore and meet her husband. |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.8 sent.2 | I ka hoʻokokoke ʻana aku o nā waʻa ma ke awa, i ia manawa ka uhi ʻana mai o ka ʻohu a me ka noe mai Paliuli mai. | When the canoe approached the shore, then fog and mist covered the land from Paliuli to the sea. |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.5 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kēia mau ʻōlelo, hāʻule ihola nā kulu waimaka no ke aloha i kona mau hoa kūkā, me ka ʻī aku, “Kuhi au e haʻalele ana ʻoukou iaʻu i ka lawe ʻia ʻana o ka pōmaikaʻi mai o kākou aku, ʻaʻole kā! | When Laieikawai heard these words her tears fell for love of her comrades, and she said, "I supposed you would forsake me when fortune was taken from me; not so! |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.6 sent.3 | I ia manawa, hiki hou ke kuko i loko o Halaaniani. | Then once more longing seized Halaaniani. |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.1 sent.3 | No laila, ke manaʻo nei au, ʻapōpō kāua, iho i kai o Keaʻau i ka heʻe nalu, a hoʻi mai nō hoʻi.” | so I propose to-morrow we go down to Keaau surf riding, and return here." |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.3 sent.1 | I ia kakahiaka ʻana aʻe, hele akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai i mua o kona mau hoa kūkā, nā kaikuahine hoʻi o ʻAiwohikupua, haʻi akula i ko lāua manaʻo me ke kāne i kūkā ai i ia pō, a he mea maikaʻi nō ia i kona mau hoa kūkā. | Early in the morning Laieikawai sought her counsellors, the sisters of Aiwohikupua, and told them what the husband had proposed that night, and this pleased her counsellors. |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.3 sent.2 | ʻĪ aku naʻe ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ua mau hoa lā, “Ke iho nei māua i kai ma ka makemake o ke kāne a kākou. | Laieikawai said to them, "We two are going to the sea, as our husband wishes. |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.3 sent.5 | Akā hoʻi, i hala ke anahulu me ka pō keu, a laila, ua pono ʻole māua, a laila, huki aʻe ʻoukou iaʻu.” | but if more than ten days pass, some evil has befallen us; then come to my help." |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.4 sent.1 | A hala akula lāua a hiki i kahi e kokoke aku ana i Keaʻau, i ia manawa, hoʻomaka ʻo Halaaniani e hana i ke kalohe iā Lāʻieikawai, me ka ʻōlelo aku, “E iho mua aku ʻoe o kāua a hiki i kai. | They departed and came to a place just above Keaau; then Halaaniani began to make trouble for Laieikawai, saying, "You go ahead to the coast |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.4 sent.5 | A no ka pākela loa o Halaaniani i ke akamai i ka hoʻopuka i nā ʻōlelo paheʻe, ua puni kāna wahine maikaʻi iā ia. | but the slippery fellow used all his cunning, and she was deceived. |
| Ch.23 p.119 para.1 sent.1 | He mea kaumaha loa iā Lāʻieikawai no ka make ʻana o kāna kāne, no laila i kanikau ai ʻo ia hoʻokahi anahulu me ʻelua mau lā keu (he ʻumikumamālua lā) no ke aloha iā ia. | Very heavy hearted was Laieikawai at her husband's death, so she mourned ten days and two (twelve days) for love of him. |
| Ch.23 p.119 para.1 sent.4 | A no ka hala ʻana o ka manawa a Lāʻieikawai i kauoha ai i kona mau hoa, no laila, ala aʻela nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua i ke kakahiaka nui o ka ʻumikumamālua o ka lā, iho akula e ʻike i ka pono o ko lākou hoa. | And the time having passed which Laieikawai charged her companions to wait, Aiwohikupua's sisters awoke early in the morning of the twelfth day and went to look after their comrade. |
| Ch.23 p.119 para.2 sent.2 | Akā, he mea haʻohaʻo naʻe ia i kona mau hoa ka uē ʻana, a ua akāka kāna kauoha “ua pono ʻole lāua” ma ka uē ʻana a Lāʻieikawai a me nā helehelena o ka pōʻino, no ka mea, aia ʻo Lāʻieikawai e kukuli ana i ka honua, a ʻo kekahi lima, ua peʻa aʻela ma ke kua, a ʻo kekahi lima, aia ma ka lae, a uē helu akula ʻo ia penei: | Now her counsellors marveled at her wailing and remembered her saying "some evil has befallen"; at her wailing and at her gestures of distress, for Laieikawai was kneeling on the ground with one hand clapped across her back and the other at her forehead, and she wailed aloud as follows: |
| Ch.23 p.119 para.3 sent.4 | Ua nei nākolo i ke aloha I ka hele o ke kāne, he hoa pili ē! | There is a rushing at my heart for love. |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.2 sent.4 | Ke hoʻopāʻele mai nei i kuʻu manawa, | My heart Is darkened |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.2 sent.5 | I ke aloha lā, | With love. |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.3 sent.2 | A pau kā lākou pihe uē, ʻōlelo maila ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “He mea kupanaha, iā kākou e uē nei, ʻo ka hāmama wale iho nō kā koʻu waha, ʻaʻole a kahe mai o ka waimaka, ʻo ke kaea pū wale aʻela nō ia, me he mea lā, i pania mai ka waimaka.” | After their lament, said Kahalaomapuana, "This is a strange way to cry; you open your mouth wide, but no tears run; you seem to be dried up, as if the tears were shut off." |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.6 sent.4 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a Kahalaomāpuana, kakali akula lākou a hala nā lā ʻehā, ʻaʻole lākou i ʻike i ke kō o kā Kahalaomāpuana mea i ʻōlelo ai. | Because of Kahalaomapuana's words they waited four days, but nothing happened. |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.6 sent.5 | No laila, hoʻomau hou akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ka uē i ke ahiahi o ke kolu o ka lā a pō, mai ia pō a wanaʻao, ʻakahi nō a loaʻa iā ia ka hiamoe. | Then Laieikawai began to wail again until evening of the third day, and this night, at dawn, for the first time she fell asleep. |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.7 sent.1 | “Ma ke awakea o nehinei, iaʻu i puka aʻe ai i waho mai ko māua hale aʻe, ʻike akula wau i kēia kaikamahine ʻōpiopio i maikaʻi kona mau helehelena. | "Yesterday morning when I went outside my house I saw this young girl with the lovely face; |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.1 sent.1 | Hoʻi akula ʻo Halaaniani e hālāwai me ke kaikuahine e like me kāna kauoha, a haʻi akula i nā mea āna i ʻike ai no Lāʻielohelohe. | Halaaniani returned to his sister as he had been directed, and told her what he had seen of Laielohelohe. |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.1 sent.2 | A lohe ʻo Maliʻo i kēia mau mea, a laila, haʻi akula ʻo ia i nā mea hiki ke hana ʻia aku no Lāʻielohelohe e kona kaikunāne, me ka ʻī aku iā Halaaniani, “E hoʻi ʻoe a ma ka waenakonu o ka pō, a laila, piʻi mai ʻoe i oʻu nei i hele aku ai kāua ma kahi o Lāʻielohelohe.” | When Malio heard the story she told her brother what to do to win Laielohelohe, and said to Halaaniani, "Go now, and in the middle of the night come up here to me, and we two will go to Laielohelohe's place." |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.3 sent.2 | E hoʻolohe mai ʻoe i ke kani aku a kuʻu pū lāʻī, ʻelima aʻu puhi ʻana. | Listen to me play on the ti-leaf trumpet; when I have blown five times, |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.5 sent.4 | Pēlā a hiki i ka lima o ke kani ʻana o ka pū lāʻī, ʻaʻole ʻo Halaaniani i ʻike iki ua huli aʻe ka maka a hoʻolohe i kēia mea kani. | so on until the fifth time, but Halaaniani did not see the girl turn her eyes or listen to the sound. |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.6 sent.2 | ʻAʻole naʻe i hoʻi aku, no laila, hoʻomau hou akula ʻo Maliʻo i ke puhi i ka pū lāʻī. | but as he did not return, Malio again blew on the trumpet |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.1 sent.3 | I ia wā nō hoʻi ko Halaaniani hoʻolei ʻana iho i ka pōpō lehua mai luna iho o ka lāʻau, a hāʻule pololei ihola ma ke alo ponoʻī o Lāʻielohelohe. | Halaaniani dropped the bunch of lehua flowers down from the tree, and it fell directly in front of Laielohelohe. |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.7 sent.2 | Iā Halaaniani i hiki ai ma Keaʻau, ma muli o ke kauoha a kona kaikuahine, ʻaʻole ʻo ia i ʻike, a i lohe hoʻi no Lāʻieikawai. | When Halaaniani came to Keaau as his sister directed, he neither saw nor heard of Laieikawai. |
| Ch.24 p.125 para.5 sent.1 | I ke kokoke ʻana aku i ua lā nui nei, iho akula ʻo Waka mai Paliuli aku e hālāwai me Kekalukaluokēwā, a ʻōlelo akula ʻo Waka iā Kekalukaluokēwā: “ʻApōpō, i ka puka ʻana o ka lā, e kuahaua ʻoe i nā kānaka a pau a me kou aloaliʻi e hele aku ma kahi āu i hoʻomākaukau ai no ka hoʻokahakahaka. | When the great day drew near, Waka went down from Paliuli to meet Kekalukaluokewa, and Waka said to Kekalukaluokewa: "To- morrow at sunrise call together all the people and the chiefs of the household to the place prepared for the celebration; |
| Ch.24 p.125 para.5 sent.3 | I ia manawa e hele aku ʻoe e hōʻike mua iā ʻoe, a kokoke aku i ke awakea, a laila, e hoʻi ʻoe i kou hale. | Then go and show yourself first among them and near midday return to your house |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.1 sent.1 | “Aia a hoʻomaka mai ke poʻi ʻana o ka noe ma ka ʻāina, a laila, e kali ʻoe i ia wā a lohe ʻoe i ka leo ʻikuā a nā manu, a haʻalele wale. | "When the mist begins to close down over the land, then wait until you hear the birds singing and they cease; |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.3 sent.2 | Inā e lohe ʻoe i ke keʻu a ka ʻalae a me ka leo o ka ʻewaʻewa iki e hoʻonēnē ana, i ia manawa, e puka ʻoe mai ka hale nei aku, a kū ma waho o ke anaina. | until you hear the cry of the alae bird, and the ewaewaiki calling; then come out of the house and stand before the assembly. |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.5 sent.1 | “Aia a kūpinaʻi mai ka leo o nā ʻiʻiwi pōlena, a laila, aia ko wahine ma ke kihi hema o ka ʻaha. | "When the voice of the iiwipolena sounds, your wife is on the left side of the place of meeting. |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.5 sent.2 | A ma ia hope koke iho o ia manawa, e lohe auaneʻi ʻoe i ka leo o nā kāhuli e ʻikuā ana, i ia manawa e hui ai ʻolua ma ke kaʻawale. | Soon after this, you will hear the land snails singing, then do you two meet apart from the assembly. |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.8 sent.2 | No lāua auaneʻi ka hekili e kuʻi, a mao aʻe ka ʻohu a me ka noe, a laila, e ʻike auaneʻi ka ʻaha a pau, ʻo ʻoe a me Lāʻielohelohe ke kau pū mai i luna o ka ʻēheu o nā manu.” | For them shall crash the thunder, but when the clouds and mist clear away, then all present at the place of meeting shall behold you and Laielohelohe resting together upon the wings of birds." |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.9 sent.1 | I ke kakahiaka nui o kekahi lā aʻe, ʻo ia hoʻi ka lā hoʻokahakaha o ua mau aliʻi nei, kiʻi ʻia akula ʻo Kihanuilūlūmoku, a hele maila i mua o nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua, kona mau kahu nāna e mālama. | Early in the morning of the next day, the day of the chief's marriage celebration, Kihanuilulumoku was summoned into the presence of Aiwohikupua's sisters, the servants who guarded Laieikawai. |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.2 sent.1 | A ʻike ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i kēia noe i uhi mua mai ma luna o ka ʻāina, a laila, hoʻomanaʻo aʻela ia i ke kauoha a Waka. | When Kekalukaluokewa saw this mist begin to descend over the land, then he remembered Waka's charge. |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.2 sent.3 | Ma hope iho o ia manawa, lohe aʻela kēia i ka leo o ka ʻewaʻewa iki a me ke kāhuli, i ia manawa, puka akula ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā mai kona hale aku a kū ma waho o ka ʻaha ma kahi kaʻawale. | After hearing the voices of the ewaewaiki and the land shells, then Kekalukaluokewa came out of his house and stood apart from the assembly. |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.4 sent.1 | A i ke kuʻi ʻana o ka leo o ka hekili, uhi ka ʻohu a me ka noe, a i ka mao ʻana aʻe, i nānā akula ka hana o ka ʻaha, aia ʻo Lāʻielohelohe me Halaaniani e kau mai ana i luna o nā manu. | And when the voice of the thunder crashed, clouds and mist covered the land, and when it cleared, the place of meeting was to be seen; and there were Laielohelohe and Halaaniani resting upon the birds. |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa nō hoʻi, ʻike ʻia maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai me nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua e kau mai ana i luna o ke alelo o Kihanuilūlūmoku, ka moʻo nui o Paliuli. | Then also were seen Laieikawai and Aiwohikupua's sisters seated upon the tongue of Kihanuilulumoku, the great lizard of Paliuli. |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.6 sent.3 | Aia ʻo ia ke kau pū lā me Halaaniani i kēia manawa!” | there she was at the time set, she and Halaaniani seated together!" |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.1 sent.2 | I ia manawa i hoʻouna aku ai ʻo Waka iā Kekalukaluokēwā ma luna o nā manu, a i ka mao ʻana aʻe o ka noe, aia hoʻi e kau pū mai ana ʻo Lāʻielohelohe me Kekalukaluokēwā i luna o nā manu, a laila, ʻuā aʻela ke anaina kanaka a puni ka ʻaha, “Hoʻāo nā aliʻi ē! | Then Waka sent Kekalukaluokewa upon the birds, and when the clouds cleared, lo! Laielohelohe and Kekalukaluokewa sat together upon the birds. Then the congregation shouted all about the place of assembly: "The marriage of the chiefs! |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.2 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo Waka i kēia pihe ʻuā, a laila, hiki maila ʻo Waka i mua o ka ʻaha, a kū maila i waenakonu o ke anaina, a hoʻopuka maila i ʻōlelo hoʻohilahila no Lāʻieikawai. | When Waka heard the sound of shouting, then Waka came into the presence of the assembly and stood in the midst of the congregation and taunted Laieikawai. |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.2 sent.3 | I ia manawa, lawe akula ke alelo o Kihanuilūlūmoku iā lākou a noho i uka o ʻOlaʻa, ʻo ia ka hoʻomaka ʻana o Lāʻieikawai e hoʻāʻā ʻia i kona hilahila nui no ka ʻōlelo a Waka, a hele pū nō hoʻi me kona mau hoa. | then Kihanuilulumoku bore them back on his tongue to dwell in the uplands of Olaa; thus did Laieikawai begin to burn with shame at Waka's words, and she and her companions went away together. |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.4 sent.1 | A ma ko ke aliʻi kāne manaʻo paʻa e hoʻi nō i Kauaʻi, lawe aʻela ʻo ia i kāna wahine me ko lāua kupuna wahine i Kauaʻi. | And when the chief resolved to return to Kauai, he took his wife and their grandmother to Kauai, |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.4 sent.4 | A hiki lākou i Kauaʻi ma Pihanakalani, a ili aʻela ka hoʻoponopono o nā ʻāina a me ke aupuni iā Kapūkaʻihaoa a hoʻolilo ʻia ihola ʻo Waka, ʻo ia ke kolu o ka hoʻoilina o ka noho aliʻi. | and they went to Kauai, to Pihanakalani, and turned over the rule over the land and its divisions to Kapukaihaoa, and Waka was made the third heir to the chief's seat. |
| Ch.25 p.129 para.1 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻieikawai mā i hoʻi aku ai mai Keaʻau aku, ma hope iho o kona hoʻohilahila ʻana e Waka, a noho ma ʻOlaʻa, i ia manawa, kūkākūkā aʻela nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua i ka mea hiki ke hōʻoluʻolu aku i ka naʻau kaumaha o ke aliʻi (Lāʻieikawai) no kona hilahila i ka ʻōlelo kumakaia a Waka. | When Laieikawai returned from Keaau after Waka had disgraced her, and dwelt at Olaa. Then Aiwohikupua's sisters consulted how to comfort the heavy heart of the princess, Laieikawai, for her shame at Waka's reproaches. |
| Ch.25 p.129 para.1 sent.2 | Hele akula lākou a haʻi akula i kā lākou ʻōlelo hoʻoholo i kūkā ai i mua o Lāʻieikawai me ka ʻī aku, “E ke aliʻi wahine o ka laʻi, ua kūkākūkā aʻe nei mākou i mea e hoʻopau ai i kou naʻau kaumaha no kou hoʻohilahila ʻia, akā, ʻaʻole ʻo ʻoe wale kai kaumaha. | They went and told Laieikawai their decision, saying: ''O princess of peace, we have agreed upon something to relieve your burden of shame, for not you alone bear the burden; |
| Ch.25 p.129 para.1 sent.4 | No laila, e ke Aliʻi ē, ke noi aku nei mākou iā ʻoe, e pono nō e hoʻopau ʻia kou naʻau kaumaha, no ka mea, e hiki mai ana iā ʻoe ka pōmaikaʻi ma kēia manawa aku. | "Therefore, princess, we beseech you, best ease your heart of sorrow; good fortune shall be yours hereafter. |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.1 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “Ua ʻae nō wau e hoʻopau i koʻu kaumaha hilahila, a hoʻokahi aʻu mea ʻae ʻole, ʻo kuʻu lilo ʻana i wahine na ko kākou kaikunāne, no ka mea, ke ʻōlelo mai nei ʻoukou, he aliʻi kapu kēlā, a inā paha e hoʻāo māua, pehea lā wau e ʻike hou ai iā ʻoukou, no ka mea, he aliʻi kapu kēlā, a ʻo ia kaʻu mea minamina loa, ʻo ko kākou launa pū ʻana.” | Said Laieikawai, "Indeed I would consent to ease my burden of shame, only one thing I will not consent to — my becoming your brother's wife; for you say he is a taboo chief, and if we should be united, I should not see you again, so high a chief is he, and this I should regret exceedingly, our friendship together." |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.3 sent.1 | I ia manawa, haʻi maila ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i kāna ʻōlelo kauoha iā Lāʻieikawai a me kona mau kaikuaʻana, “Ke kiʻi nei au i ko kākou kaikunāne i kāne na ke aliʻi. | Then Kahalaomapuana left directions with Laieikawai and her sisters, saying: "I go to get our brother as husband for the princess; |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.3 sent.2 | E pono iā ʻoukou ke mālama pono i ko kākou haku. | your duty is to take good care of our mistress; |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.3 sent.4 | Akā, koe naʻe ka maluhia o kona kino a hiki mai māua me ke kaikunāne o kākou.” | but let her body be kept pure until I return with our brother." |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.4 sent.1 | (Ma kēia wahi, e waiho iki i ke kamaʻilio ʻana no kēia mea. | (At this place we will leave off speaking of this journey; |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.6 sent.2 | A no kēia manaʻo o Lāʻieikawai, hoʻokō akula kona mau hoa i ko ke aliʻi makemake, a hele akula e kaʻapuni iā Hawaiʻi. | So her companions carried out the chief's wish and they set out to travel around about Hawaii. |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.7 sent.1 | Ma kēia huakaʻi kaʻapuni a ke aliʻi, ma Kaʻū mua, ma Kona, a hiki lākou ma Kaiʻōpae i Kohala, ma ka ʻaoʻao ʻākau mai Kawaihae mai, ʻaneʻane ʻelima mile ka lōʻihi mai Kawaihae aʻe, ma laila lākou i noho ai i kekahi mau lā, no ka mea, ua makemake ihola ke aliʻi wahine e hōʻoluʻolu ma laila. | On the princess's journey around Hawaii they went first to Kau, then Kona, until they reached Kaiopae in Kohala, on the right-hand side of Kawaihae, about five miles distant; there they stayed several days for the princess to rest. |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.8 sent.2 | I uka naʻe o ʻOuli ma Waimea kahi a ka makāula i ʻike mai ai, no ka mea, ua ʻōlelo ʻia ma nā mokuna mua aʻe nei, ua hiki ka makāula ma Hilo i kaiwilahilahi, a ua lōʻihi nō nā makahiki ma laila o ke kali ʻana i kāna mea i ʻimi ai. | The uplands of Ouli at Waimea was the place the seer looked from. For in former chapters it has been told how the seer came to Hilo, to Kaiwilahilahi, and lived there some years waiting for the sign he was seeking. |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.8 sent.3 | Akā, no ka hiki ʻole i ua makāula nei ke kali no kāna mea i ʻimi ai, no laila, hoʻopau aʻela ʻo ia i kona manaʻo kali a me ka ʻimi aku no kāna mea i ukali mai ai mai Kauaʻi mai. | But when it did not come to the seer as he waited for the sign he was seeking, then he waited and sought no longer for the sign he had followed from Kauai to this place. |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.8 sent.6 | Ma kēia hoʻi ʻana a hiki ma Waimea i ʻOuli, ʻo ia kā ka makāula ʻike ʻana aku i ka piʻo o ke ānuenue i kai o Kawaihae, a no ka māluhiluhi o ua makāula nei, ʻaʻole ʻo ia i wikiwiki mai e ʻike i ke ʻano o ke ānuenue, no laila, hoʻomaha ihola ʻo ia ma laila. | When he reached Waimea, at Ouli, there he saw the rainbow arching over the sea at Kawaihae.
And the seer was so weary he was not quick to recognize the rainbow, but he stayed there, |
| Ch.25 p.132 para.2 sent.1 | I ka makāula i hiki mai ai i Puʻuloa mai Waimea mai, ʻike akula ʻo ia, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i Moʻolau. | When the seer reached Puuloa from Waimea, he saw the rainbow arching over Moolau; |
| Ch.25 p.132 para.2 sent.3 | Hoʻomau maila ka makāula i kona hele ʻana a hiki i luna pono o Pālalahuakiʻi, a laila, ʻike maopopo akula ʻo ia i ke ʻano o ke ānuenue, me ka hoʻomaopopo i loko ona a ʻike leʻa i kāna mea e ʻimi nei. | The seer kept right on up to the summit of Palalahuakii. There he saw the rainbow plainly and recognized it, and knew it was the sign he was seeking. |
| Ch.25 p.132 para.3 sent.1 | I ia manawa, pule akula ʻo ia i kona akua e haʻi mai i ke ʻano o kēlā ānuenue āna e ʻike nei, akā, ʻaʻole i loaʻa i kona akua ka hoʻokō ʻia o kāna pule. | Then he prayed to his god to interpret the rainbow to him, but his god did not answer his prayer. |
| Ch.25 p.132 para.4 sent.1 | Ma ke kakahiaka ʻana aʻe, aia hoʻi, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i kai o Kaiʻōpae, no ka mea, ua iho aku ʻo Lāʻieikawai i laila. | In the early morning, lo! the rainbow arched over the sea at Kaiopae, for Laieikawai had gone back there. |
| Ch.25 p.132 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, iho akula ka makāula a hiki i kahi āna e ʻike nei i ke ānuenue, a i ka hoʻokokoke ʻana aku o ua makāula nei, ʻike maopopo akula ʻo ia iā Lāʻieikawai e kono mau ana i ka lae kahakai. | Then the seer went away to the place where he had seen the rainbow, and. approaching, he saw Laieikawai plainly, strolling, along the sea beach. |
| Ch.25 p.132 para.4 sent.3 | He mea ʻē ka wahine maikaʻi; aia i luna pono o ua kaikamahine nei, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue. | A strange sight the beautiful woman was, and there, directly above the girl, the rainbow bent. |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.1 sent.1 | Ma kekahi lā aʻe, ma ke awakea, i ka wā e laʻilaʻi ana ka lā ma luna o ka ʻāina, i ia wā ka makāula i puka aʻe ai mai loko aʻe o ka heiau ma hope iho o ka pau ʻana o kāna pule. | The next day at noon, when the sun shone clear over the land, the prophet went outside the temple after his prayer. |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.1 sent.2 | Aia hoʻi, ʻike akula ʻo ia e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i kai o Puakea. | Lo! he saw the rainbow bending over the sea at Puakea, |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.1 sent.3 | Iho akula ua makāula nei a hiki i laila, ʻike akula ʻo ia i ke kaikamahine nō āna i ʻike mua ai i kaiʻōpae. | and he went away thither, and saw the same girl whom he had seen before at Kaiopae. |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.2 sent.1 | A no kēia mea, emi hope maila ʻo ia a ma ke kaʻawale, pule hou akula i kona akua e hōʻike mai i kāna mea e ʻimi nei, akā, ʻaʻole nō i loaʻa ka hōʻike ʻana ma ona lā. | So he fell back to a distance to pray again to his god to show him
if this was the one he was seeking, but he got no answer that day; |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.4 sent.1 | “He mea hiki ʻole iā mākou ke hele aku,” wahi a Lāʻieikawai, “he pono e nānā aku i kā nā kamaʻāina heʻe nalu ʻana.” | The princess answered, "We can not go; it is better to watch the others." |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.10 sent.1 | Ma ke kakahiaka o kekahi lā aʻe, kau akula lākou ma luna o nā waʻa, a holo akula a kau ma Honuaʻula i Maui, a mai laila aku a Lahaina, a ma kekahi lā aʻe, i Molokaʻi. | Early in the morning of the next day they went on board the canoe and sailed and rested at Honuaula on Maui, and from there to Lahaina, and the next day to Molokai; |
| Ch.25 p.134 para.2 sent.1 | “A, ʻo koʻu lua, lilo ia i ke kahuna ka mālama. | "And my twin, the priest guarded her, |
| Ch.25 p.134 para.2 sent.2 | A no ka ʻike ʻana o ke kahuna nāna i mālama i koʻu kōkoʻolua i ka makāula nāna i ʻike mai mai Kauaʻi mai, no laila, kauoha ai ke kahuna i koʻu kupuna wahine e ʻāhaʻi loa, a ʻo ia koʻu mea i ʻāhaʻi ʻia ai i Paliuli, a hālāwai wale kākou.” | and because the priest who guarded my companion saw the prophet who had come here from Kauai to see us, therefore the priest commanded my grandmother to flee far away: and this was why I was carried away to Paliuli and why we met there." |
| Ch.26 p.135 para.1 sent.2 | Akā hoʻi, i mea e maopopo leʻa ai, naue akula ka makāula ma kahi kaʻawale, a pule akula i kona akua e hōʻoiaʻiʻo mai i ka ʻōlelo a ke kaikamahine. | But in order to make sure, the seer withdrew to a distance and prayed to his god lo confirm the girl's story. |
| Ch.26 p.135 para.2 sent.1 | A pau kāna pule ʻana, hoʻi maila, a hiamoe ihola, a i loko a kona manawa hiamoe, hiki maila ma o ua makāula nei ke kuhikuhi ma ka hihiʻo mai kona akua mai, me ka ʻōlelo mai, “Ua hiki mai ka manawa e hoʻokō ʻia ai kou makemake, a e kuʻu ai hoʻi ka luhi o kou ʻimi ʻana i ka loa. | After praying he came back and went to sleep, and as he slept the seer received the assurance in a vision from his god, saying, "The time has come to fulfill your wishes, to free you from the weariness of your long search. |
| Ch.26 p.135 para.2 sent.2 | ʻĀnō hoʻi, ʻo ka mea nona ke kamaʻilio ʻana nona iho iā ʻoukou, ʻo ia nō ua mea lā āu i ʻimi ai. | She is here — the one who told you her story; this is the one you are seeking. |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.1 sent.1 | “A no laila, ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe e ʻae mai e mālama ʻia kēia mau iwi ma kou lokomaikaʻi, e kuʻu Haku, a e waiho pū ʻia ka pōmaikaʻi me kaʻu mau mamo a hiki i kaʻu hanauna hope.” | "And therefore I beseech you to guard these bones under your special favor, my mistress, and to leave this trust to your descendants unto the last generation." |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.2 sent.1 | ʻĪ aku ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “E ka makua, ua hala ke kau o koʻu pōmaikaʻi nui, no ka mea, ua lawe aku ʻo Waka i ka hoʻopōmaikaʻi ʻia mai oʻu aku nei. | Laieikawai answered, "Father, the time of my prosperity has passed, for Waka has taken her favor from me: |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.3 sent.1 | A pau kēia mau mea, lawe aʻela ka makāula e like me ke kauoha a kona akua, holo akula i ia pō, a hoʻonoho i kahi i kauoha ʻia. | And after these things the prophet did as his god commanded — sailed that night and dwelt in the place commanded. |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.3 sent.2 | I ua makāula nei me kāna mau kaikamāhine ma uka o Honopūwaiakua, a he mau lā ko lākou ma laila, he mea mau i ua makāula nei ke kaʻahele i kekahi manawa. | Many days the seer lived here with his daughter above Honopuwaiakua. At one time the seer made one of his customary journeys. |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.4 sent.1 | I loko o kona lā e hele ana ma kona ʻano makāula, iā ia hoʻi i hiki aku ai i Wailua, aia hoʻi, ua hoʻākoakoa ʻia nā kaikamāhine puʻupaʻa a pau o Kauaʻi ma o ka poʻe kaukaualiʻi me nā kaikamāhine koʻikoʻi, ma muli naʻe o ka ʻōlelo kuahaua a ʻAiwohikupua, a lawe ʻia mai nā kaikamāhine puʻupaʻa i mua o ke aliʻi. | As he traveled in his character as seer he came to Wailua. Lo! all the virgin daughters of Kauai were gathered together, all of the rank of chief with the girls of well-to-do families, at the command of Aiwohikupua to bring the virgins before the chief, |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.4 sent.2 | ʻO ka mea a ke aliʻi e leʻaleʻa ai, ʻo ia ka wahine a ke aliʻi (ʻAiwohikupua). | the one who pleased the king to become the wife of Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.5 sent.1 | A hiki akula ka makāula i loko o kēlā ʻākoakoa, aia hoʻi, ua hoʻākoakoa ʻia nā kaikamāhine ma kahi hoʻokahi, e kū ana i mua o ke aliʻi. | When the seer came within the crowd. lo! the maidens were assembled in one place before the chief. |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.5 sent.3 | A he aha hoʻi ka hana a kēia poʻe kaikamāhine e kū pōʻai nei i mua o ke aliʻi?” | and why are all these maidens standing in a circle before the chief?" |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.6 sent.1 | Haʻi ʻia maila, “Ua kuahaua ʻia nā kaikamāhine puʻupaʻa a pau ma ke kauoha a ke aliʻi, a ʻo ka mea a ʻAiwohikupua e makemake ai, a laila, e lawe ʻo ia ʻelua mau kaikamāhine i mau wāhine nāna, a ʻo lāua nā mea pani ma ka hakahaka o Poliʻahu a me Hinaikamalama. | He was told, "All the virgins have been summoned by the chief's command, and the two who please Aiwohikupua, these he will take for his wives in place of Poliahu and Hinaikamalama, |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.6 sent.2 | A ʻo nā mākua nāna nā kaikamāhine i lawe ʻia i mau wāhine na ke aliʻi, e hōʻaʻahu ʻia ka ʻahuʻula no lāua.” | and their parents are to be clothed in feather cloaks. |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.7 sent.1 | I ia manawa, kū aʻela ua makāula nei, a kāhea akula me ka leo nui i mua o ke aliʻi a me ka ʻaha a pau, “E ke aliʻi, ke ʻike nei au, he mea maikaʻi no ke aliʻi ka lawe ʻana i kekahi o kēia poʻe puʻupaʻa i mea hoʻoleʻaleʻa no ke aliʻi. | Then the seer stood before the chiefs and all the assembly and cried in a loud voice: "O chiefs, it is a wise and good thing for the chief to take whichever one of these virgins pleases him, |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.7 sent.2 | Akā, ʻaʻole e hiki i kekahi o kēia poʻe kaikamāhine puʻupaʻa ke pani ma ka hakahaka o Poliʻahu a me Hinaikamalama. | but not one of these can fill the loss of Poliahu and Hinaikamalama. |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.1 sent.2 | A ʻo ua makāula nei, lilo aʻela ia i ʻenemi no ka poʻe nāna nā kaikamāhine i lawe ʻia i mua o ke aliʻi. | And those who had brought their daughters before the chief looked upon the seer as an enemy. |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.2 sent.1 | A no ka ʻōlelo huhū ʻana mai o ke aliʻi, ʻī aku ua makāula nei, “ʻO wau hoʻokahi ka mea i ʻimi ikaika i haku no ka ʻāina a puni nā moku. | And to the chief's angry words the seer replied, "Did I not seek diligently and alone for a ruler over all these islands? |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.3 sent.1 | “Inā e hele mai ua kaikamahine nei aʻu, a kū i loko o ke kai, he kaikoʻo ma ka moana. | "Should my daughter come hither and stand upon the sea, the ocean would be in tumult; |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.4 sent.3 | No laila, koi ikaika aʻela lākou i ke aliʻi e hoʻopaʻa ʻia i loko o ka hale paehumu (ka hale paʻahao), kahi e hoʻopaʻa ai i ko ke aliʻi poʻe lawehala. | They strongly urged the chief, therefore, to bind him within the
house of detention, the prison house, where the chief's enemies are
wont to be imprisoned. |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.6 sent.1 | I ia kakahiaka, hoʻouna akula ke aliʻi i kona ilāmuku e hele aku e ʻike i ka pono o ua makāula nei ma loko o kahi paʻa o ke aliʻi. | In the morning the chief sent the executioner to go and see how the prophet fared in prison. |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.6 sent.4 | E ka makāula o ke akua! Pehea ʻoe? | Prophet of God! How are you? |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.7 sent.1 | Hoʻi akula ka ilāmuku, a haʻi akula i ke aliʻi, “Ua make ka makāula.” | The executioner returned to the chief and said, "The prophet is dead." |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.8 sent.2 | I ia manawa, kauoha aʻela ke aliʻi i nā luna o ka heiau, a kau aku i ka makāula ma ka lele i mua o ke kuahu. | Then the chief commanded the head man of the temple to ... lay the prophet on the place of sacrifice before the altar. |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.9 sent.1 | A lohe ka makāula i kēia mea ma kahi kaʻawale aku, a ma ia pō iho, lawe akula ʻo ia hoʻokahi pū maiʻa, ua wahī ʻia i ke kapa, me he kupapaʻu lā, a hoʻokomo ʻia i loko o kahi i hoʻopaʻa ʻia ai ua makāula nei, a hoʻi akula a hui me kāna mau kaikamāhine, a haʻi akula i kēia mau mea a me kona pilikia ʻana. | Now the seer heard this command from some distance away, and in the night he took a banana plant covered with tapa like a human figure and put it inside the place where he had been imprisoned, and went back and joined his daughters and told them all about his troubles. |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.1 sent.1 | I ke kakahiaka nui hoʻi o ka lā e kauila ai ka heiau, kiʻi ʻia akula ke kanaka o ka heiau, a i ke komo ʻana aku o nā luna o ke aliʻi, aia hoʻi, ua paʻa i ka wahī ʻia, lawe ʻia akula a waiho ma loko o ka heiau. | In the very early morning of the day of sacrifice at the temple the man was to be brought for sacrifice, and when the head men of the temple entered the prison, lo! the body was tightly wrapped up, and it was brought and laid within the temple. |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.1 sent.2 | A kokoke i ka hola e kau ʻia ai ke kanaka ma ka lele, ʻākoakoa aʻe nā mea a pau a me ke aliʻi pū. | And close to the hour when the man was to be laid upon the altar all the people assembled and the chief with them; |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.1 sent.3 | A hiki ke aliʻi i luna o ka ʻanuʻu, lawe ʻia maila ua pū maiʻa i wahī ʻia a kūpono ma lalo o ka lele. | and the chief went up on the high place, the banana plant was brought and laid directly under the altar. |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.2 sent.1 | ʻĪ aku ke aliʻi i kona mau luna, “E wehe i ke kapa o ke kupapaʻu, a kau aku i luna o ka lele i hoʻomākaukau ʻia nona.” | Said the chief to his head men, "Unwrap the tapa from the body and place it upon the altar prepared for it." |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.3 sent.4 | wahi a ke aliʻi. | exclaimed the chief. |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.3 sent.5 | Nui loa ihola ka huhū o ke aliʻi i nā luna o ka hale paʻahao, kahi i hoʻopaʻa ʻia ai ka makāula. | Great was the chiefs anger against the keeper of the prison where the prophet was confined. |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa hoʻi e hoʻokolokolo ʻia ana nā luna o ke aliʻi, hiki maila ua makāula nei me kāna mau kaikamāhine ma luna o ke kaulua, a lana ma waho o ka nuku o ka muliwai. | While the chief's keepers were being examined, the seer arrived with his daughters in a double canoe and floated outside the mouth of the inlet. |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.5 sent.1 | I ia wā lākou e kū ana me Lāʻieikawai, lulu ka makani, malu ka lā, kaikoʻo ke kai, pualena ka moana, hoʻi ka waikahe o nā kahawai a paʻa i nā kumu wai, ʻaʻole he puka wai i kai. | As they stood there with Laieikawai, the wind blew, the sun was darkened, the sea grew rough, the ocean was reddened, the streams went back and stopped at their sources, no water flowed into the sea. |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.8 sent.1 | A māmā aʻela ke aliʻi, kauoha aʻela ʻo ia i kona luna e lawe mai i ka makāula me nā kaikamāhine pū mai, i pani ma ka hakahaka o Poliʻahu a me Hinaikamalama. | When the chief recovered he commanded his head man to bring the seer and his daughter to fill the place of Poliahu and Hinaikamalama. |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.8 sent.2 | Hele akula ka luna, a kāhea akula i ka makāula i luna o nā waʻa, me ka haʻi aku i ka ʻōlelo a ke aliʻi. | The head man went and called out to the seer on the canoe and told him the chief's word. |
| Ch.26 p.139 para.1 sent.1 | A lohe ka makāula i kēia mea, haʻi akula ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo i ka luna, “E hoʻi ʻoe a ke aliʻi, kuʻu haku hoʻi, e ʻōlelo aku ʻoe, ʻaʻole e lilo kuʻu kaikamahine haku i wahine nāna. | When the seer heard it he said to the head man, "Return and tell the chief, my lord indeed, that my lordly daughter shall never become his wife; |
| Ch.27 p.141 para.1 sent.1 | Ma kēia mokuna, e kamaʻilio kākou no ke kiʻi ʻana o Kahalaomāpuana iā Kaʻōnohiokalā i kāne hoʻopalau na Lāʻieikawai a me kona hoʻi ʻana mai. | In this chapter we will tell how Kahalaomapuana went to get Kaonohiokala, the Eyeball-of-the-Sun, the betrothed husband of Laieikawai, and of her return. |
| Ch.27 p.141 para.2 sent.1 | A pau ke kauoha a Kahalaomāpuana i kona mau kaikuaʻana, a mākaukau hoʻi kona hele ʻana, ma ka puka ʻana o ka lā, komo aʻela ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i loko o Kihanuilūlūmoku, a ʻau akula ma ka moana a hiki i Keʻalohilani. | After Kahalaomapuana had laid her commands upon her sisters and made preparation for the journey, At the rising of the sun Kahalaomapuana entered inside Kihanuilulumoku and swam through the ocean and came to The Shining Heavens; |
| Ch.27 p.141 para.2 sent.2 | ʻEhā malama me ke anahulu, hiki kēia i loko o Keʻalohilani. | in four months and ten days they reached Kealohilani. |
| Ch.27 p.141 para.3 sent.1 | Iā lāua i hiki aku ai, ʻaʻole lāua i ʻike iā Mokukelekahiki, ke kiaʻi nāna e mālama ko Kaʻōnohiokalā waiwai, kona kuhina nui hoʻi i loko o Keʻalohilani. | When they arrived they did not see Mokukelekahiki, the guard who watches over Kaonohiokala's wealth, his chief counsellor in The Shining Heavens; |
| Ch.27 p.141 para.4 sent.2 | I ke poʻo nō, piha ʻo loko o ua hale nui nei o Mokukelekahiki. | the head alone filled that great house of Mokukelekahiki's, |
| Ch.27 p.141 para.4 sent.3 | ʻO ke kino nō a me ka huelo o ua moʻo nei, i loko nō o ke kai. | the body and tail of the lizard were still in the sea. |
| Ch.27 p.141 para.5 sent.2 | I laila ʻo Kāʻeloikamalama, ke kupua nui nāna e pani ka puka o ka peʻa kapu o Kūkulu o Tahiti, kahi i hūnā ʻia ai ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā. | there was Kaeloikamalama, the magician, who closes the door of the taboo house on the borders of Tahiti, where Kaonohiokala was hidden. |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.4 sent.1 | I ia manawa, hāpai maila ʻo Kihanuilūlūmoku i kona huelo mai loko aʻe o ka moana, piʻi ke kai i luna, me he poʻi ʻana a ka nalu i ke kumu pali, me he ʻakūkū nalu lā i poʻi i loko o ka malama ʻo Kaulua, piʻi ke ehu o ke kai i luna, pouli ka lā, kū ka punakea i uka. | Then Kihanuilulumoku lifted his tail out of the water, the sea swelled, the waves overwhelmed the cliffs from their foundations as high waves sweep the coast in February; the spume of the sea rose high, the sun was darkened, white sand was flung on the shore. |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.4 sent.2 | Ma ia wā, kau maila ka weli iā Kāʻeloikamalama mā, hoʻomaka lāua e holo mai ke alo aku o ua moʻo nei. | Then fear fell upon Kaeloikamalama and his companion, and they started lo run away from before the face of the lizard. |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.5 sent.2 | Nīnau aʻela ʻo Kāʻeloikamalama, “Na wai ke kama ʻo ʻoe?” | Kaeloikamalama asked, "Whose child are you?" |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.12 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “I kāne na ke kaikamahine aliʻi o Hawaiʻiākea, na Lāʻieikawai, ka haku o mākou.” | Said Kahalaomapuana, "To be husband to the princess of broad Hawaii, to Laieikawai, our mistress." |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.14 sent.1 | Haʻi akula kēia, “ʻO Kahalaomāpuana, ke kaikamahine muli a Moanalihaikawaokele lāua me Laukieleʻula.” | She told them, "Kahalaomapuana, the youngest daughter of Moanalihaikawaokele and Laukieleula." |
| Ch.27 p.145 para.1 sent.2 | I ia manawa, kuʻu ihola mai ka ʻāʻī iho, honi akula i ka ihu o ke kaikamahine, no ka mea, ʻo Mokukelekahiki a me Kāʻeloikamalama, he mau kaikunāne no Laukieleʻula, ka makuahine o lākou me ʻAiwohikupua. | then they released her from Kaeloikamalama's neck and kissed their daughter. For Mokukelekahiki and Kaeloikamalama were brothers of Laukieleula, Aiwohikupua's mother. |
| Ch.27 p.145 para.1 sent.3 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Kāʻeloikamalama, “E hele kāua a loaʻa ke alanui, a laila, piʻi aku ʻoe.” | Said Kaeloikamalama, "We will show you the road, then you shall ascend." |
| Ch.27 p.145 para.3 sent.1 | Kuʻu ʻia mai ke alanui i piʻi aku wau!! | Let down the road here for me to go up!! |
| Ch.27 p.145 para.6 sent.1 | “I nānā aku auaneʻi ʻoe, ka ʻelemakule e loloa ana ka lauoho, ua hina ke poʻo, ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele nō ia. | "When you see an old man with long gray hair, that is Moanalihaikawaokele; |
| Ch.27 p.145 para.7 sent.1 | “Kali aku ʻoe a moe, e huli ana ke alo i lalo, ʻaʻole i moe, akā, i nānā aku ʻoe a i huli ke alo i luna, ua moe kā hoʻi, a laila, hele aku ʻoe. | "Wait until he is asleep; should be turn his face down he is not asleep, but when you see him with the face turned up, he is really asleep; |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.2 sent.1 | “I piʻi auaneʻi ʻoe, a i uhi ke ʻawa, na ko makuahine ia hana. | "On the way up, if fine rain covers you, that is your mother's doings; |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.2 sent.2 | I hiki mai ke anu ma ou lā, mai makaʻu ʻoe. | if cold comes, do not be afraid. |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.2 sent.3 | A laila, piʻi nō ʻoe, a i honi ʻoe i ke ʻala, ʻo ko makuahine nō ia nona ke ʻala, a laila, palekana. | Keep on up; and if you smell a fragrance, that too is your mother's, it is her fragrance, then all is well, |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.2 sent.4 | Kokoke ʻoe e puka i luna, piʻi nō ʻoe, a i ʻō mai auaneʻi ke kukuna o ka lā, a i keʻehi ka wela iā ʻoe, mai makaʻu ʻoe. | you are almost to the top; keep on up, and if the sun's rays pierce and the heat strikes you, do not fear when you feel the sun's hot breath; |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.3 sent.2 | A ahiahi, paʻa ʻo ia i ke ʻawa, manaʻo aʻela kēia ʻo kā ka makua kāne hana ia. | and in the evening she was covered with fine rain; this she thought was her father's doings; |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.3 sent.3 | Mai ia pō a wanaʻao, honi ʻo ia i ke ʻala o ke kiele, manaʻo aʻela kēia ʻo ka makuahine ia. | at night until dawn she smelled the fragrance of the kiele plant; this she thought was her mother's art; |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.3 sent.5 | I ia manawa, ake akula kēia e komo i ka malu o ka mahina, a ma ke ahiahi, hiki akula ʻo ia i ka malu o ka mahina, manaʻo aʻela kēia, ua komo i ka ʻāina i kapa ʻia ʻo Kahakaekaea. | Then she longed to reach the shadow of the moon, and at evening she came into the shadow of the moon; she knew then that she had entered the land called Kahakaekaea. |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.4 sent.2 | Hoʻi maila ʻo ia a ma kahi kaʻawale, e kali ana no ka moe iho e like me ke kuhikuhi a Kāʻeloikamalama. | she waited at a distance for him to go to sleep, as Kaeloikamalama had instructed her. |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.5 sent.1 | A ma ka wanaʻao, hele akula kēia, i luna ke alo o Moanalihaikawaokele, manaʻo aʻela kēia ua hiamoe. | When at dawn she went, Moanalihaikawaokele's face was turned upwards, she knew he was asleep; |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.5 sent.2 | Holokikī akula kēia a paʻa ma ka ʻumiʻumi o ka makua kāne, kāhea ihola e like me ke aʻoaʻo ʻana a Kāʻeloikamalama i hōʻike ʻia ma luna. | she ran quickly and seized her father's beard and called to him in the words taught her by Kaeloikamalama, as shown above. |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.6 sent.3 | Oi noke i ke kūpaka i ʻō i ʻaneʻi a pau ke aho o Moanalihaikawaokele. | he kept on twisting here and there until his breath was exhausted. |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.6 sent.4 | Nīnau aʻela, “Na wai ke kama ʻo ʻoe?” | He asked, "Whose child are you?" |
| Ch.27 p.147 para.4 sent.1 | “ʻO Kaʻōnohiokalā,” wahi a ke kaikamahine. | "Kaonohiokala," the girl answered. |
| Ch.27 p.147 para.6 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “I kiʻi mai nei au i kuʻu kaikunāne haku i kāne na ke kaikamahine aliʻi o Hawaiʻiākea, na Lāʻieikawai, he aikāne aliʻi a mākou, ko mākou mea nāna i mālama.” | Said Kahalaomapuana, "I have come to get my brother and lord to be the husband to the princess of broad Hawaii, to Laieikawai, our royal friend, the one who protects us." |
| Ch.27 p.147 para.7 sent.2 | Na ko makuahine wale nō e ʻae aku, ka mea nāna ke aliʻi. | your mother is the only one to grant it, the one who has charge of the chief; |
| Ch.27 p.147 para.7 sent.3 | Aia ke noho lā i kahi kapu, kahi hiki ʻole iaʻu ke hele aku. | she lives there in the taboo place prohibited to me. |
| Ch.27 p.147 para.7 sent.4 | Aia a hanawai ko makuahine, a laila, hoʻi mai i oʻu nei, a pau nā lā haumia o ko makuahine, a laila, pau ka ʻike ʻana me aʻu, hoʻi nō me ke aliʻi. | When your mother is unclean, she returns to me, and when her days of uncleanness are over, then she leaves me, she goes back to the chief. |
| Ch.28 p.149 para.1 sent.1 | Ma ke kakahiaka nui, hiki ana ʻo Laukieleʻula. | Very early in the morning came Laukieleula; |
| Ch.28 p.149 para.1 sent.3 | ʻAʻole naʻe e hiki i ua ʻo Laukieleʻula ke hoʻokaʻawale iā ia, no ka mea, ua haumia. | she could not go away because she was unclean |
| Ch.28 p.149 para.1 sent.5 | “ʻO wai ʻoe, e kēia kupu, e kēia kalohe, nāna i komo kuʻu wahi kapu, kahi hiki ʻole i nā mea ʻē aʻe ke komo ma kēia wahi?” | "Who are you, lawless one, mischief-maker, who have entered my taboo house, the place prohibited to any other?" |
| Ch.28 p.149 para.3 sent.2 | ʻAʻole e hiki iaʻu ke ʻike iā ʻoe, no ka mea, ua hiki mai kuʻu mau lā haumia. | I can not see you, for my days of uncleanness have come; |
| Ch.28 p.149 para.5 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ke kaikamahine, “ʻŌlelo mai nei iaʻu e hoʻi mai me ʻoe a pau ka manawa haumia, a laila, hele mai e ʻike iaʻu.” | The daughter said, "She told me to return to you until her days of uncleanness were ended, then she would come to see me." |
| Ch.28 p.149 para.6 sent.1 | Noho ihola lāua ʻekolu lā, kokoke i ka wā e pau ai ka haumia o Laukieleʻula, ʻōlelo aku ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele i ke kaikamahine, “O hele, no ka mea, ua kokoke mai ka wā mau o ko makuahine. | Three days the two stayed there; close to the time when Laukieleula's uncleanness would end, Moanalihaikawaokele said to his daughter, "Come! for your mother's days are almost ended; |
| Ch.28 p.149 para.6 sent.3 | Mai hōʻike ʻoe, aia a lele kēlā i loko o ke kiʻowai a i luʻu i lalo o ka wai, a laila, holo aku ʻoe a lawe mai i ka pāʻū a me ke kapa ona i haumia i kona maʻi. | do not show yourself, and when she jumps into the pool and dives under the water, then run and bring hither her skirt and her polluted clothes; |
| Ch.28 p.149 para.6 sent.4 | I ʻauʻau kēlā a hoʻi mai ma kapa, ʻaʻole ke kapa, a laila, manaʻo mai ua kiʻi aku au i hoʻi mai ai kēlā i ka hale nei. | when she has bathed and returns for the clothes, they will be gone; then she will think that I have taken them; when she comes to the house, |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.1 sent.1 | “Inā i uē ʻolua, a i pau ka uē ʻana a i nīnau mai iā ʻoe i ke kapa ona aʻu i lawe mai ai, a laila, haʻi aku ʻoe, aia iā ʻoe, a e hilahila kēlā me ka menemene iā ʻoe i ko haumia ʻana, ʻo ia hoʻi, ʻaʻole āna mea nui ʻē aʻe e uku mai ai no kou haumia i kona kapa i hoʻohaumia ʻia i kona maʻi. | "If you two weep and cease weeping and she asks you if I have taken her clothes, then tell her you have them, and she will be ashamed and shrink from you because she has defiled you; then she will have nothing great enough to recompense you for your defilement, |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.2 sent.1 | A hiki i ka manawa a ka makua kāne i ʻōlelo ai, ala aʻela ke kaikamahine i kakahiaka nui pōʻeleʻele, a hele akula e like me ke kauoha a kona makua kāne. | At the time the father had said, the daughter arose very early in the morning before daylight, and went as her father had directed. |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.2 sent.2 | Iā ia i hiki aku ai, peʻe ihola ma kahi kokoke i ke kiʻowai, ʻaʻole i ʻupuʻupu iho, hiki ana ka makuahine, a wehe i ke kapa i hoʻohaumia ʻia, a lele akula i loko o ka wai. | When she arrived, she hid close to the water hole; not long after, the mother came, took off her polluted clothes and sprang into the water. |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.2 sent.3 | I ia manawa, lawe aʻela ke kaikamahine i ka mea i kauoha ʻia iā ia, a hoʻi akula me ka makua kāne. | Then the girl took the things as directed and returned to her father. |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.3 sent.2 | Ua hoʻokaʻawale mua aʻe ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele iā ia ma ke kaʻawale, ʻo ke kaikamahine wale nō ko ka hale. | Moanalihaikawaokele absented himself and only the daughter remained in
the house. |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.4 sent.5 | Kiʻei akula kēia i loko o ka hale, e moe ana ʻo Kahalaomāpuana; ua pūloʻu iho i ke kapa i hoʻohaumia ʻole ʻia. | she peeped into the house where Kahalaomapuana lay sleeping, her head (covered with a clean piece of tapa. |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.6 sent.1 | “Auē! E kuʻu Haku, he nui kuʻu menemene iā ʻoe i kou mālama ʻana i ke kapa i haumia iaʻu, a he aha lā auaneʻi ka uku o kuʻu menemene iā ʻoe, e kuʻu Haku?” | "Alas! my ruler. I shrink with fear of evil for you, because you have guarded my skirt that was polluted; what recompense is there for the evil I fear for you, my ruler? " |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.6 sent.2 | ʻApo akula ia i ke kaikamahine a uē akula i ka mea i ʻōlelo ʻia ma ka paukū ma luna aʻe nei. | She embraced the girl and wailed out the words in the line above. |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.1 sent.1 | “I kiʻi mai nei au i kuʻu kaikunāne i kāne na ke aikāne a mākou, ke aliʻi wahine o Hawaiʻinuiākea, ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ka mea nāna i mālama iā mākou i loko o ko mākou haʻalele ʻia ʻana e ko mākou kaikunāne aloha ʻole. | "I come to get my older brother for a husband for our friend, the princess of the great broad land of Hawaii, Laieikawai, our protector when we were lovelessly deserted by our older brother; |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.1 sent.3 | ʻAʻole a mākou uku e uku aku ai no ka mālama ʻana a ke aliʻi iā mākou, a no ia mea, e ʻae mai ʻoe e iho aʻe au me kuʻu kaikunāne lani i lalo, a lawe mai iā Lāʻieikawai i luna nei.” | we have no way to repay the princess for her protection; and for this reason permit me and my princely brother to go down below and bring Laieikawai up here." |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.2 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ka makuahine, “Ke ʻae aku nei au, no ka mea, ʻaʻole oʻu uku no kou mālama ʻana i kuʻu kapa i haumia iaʻu. | The mother said, "I grant it in recompense for your guarding my polluted garment. |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.2 sent.4 | ʻO ia hoʻi, ua ʻōlelo nō ko kaikunāne, ʻo ʻoe hoʻokahi nō kāna mea i ʻoi aku ke aloha a me ka manaʻo nui, a no laila, e piʻi kāua e ʻike i ko kaikunāne. | "Indeed, your brother has said that you are the one he loves
best and thinks the most of; so let us go up and see your brother. |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.3 sent.2 | E hea aʻe au i ke kahu manu o ʻolua, a nāna kāua e lawe aku a komo i ka peʻa kapu o Kūkulu o Tahiti.” | let me call the bird guardian of you two, who will bear us to the taboo house at the borders of Tahiti." |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.6 sent.1 | I ia wā, kuʻu ihola ua manu nei i nā ʻēheu i lalo, a ʻo ke kino, aia nō i luna. | Then that bird drooped its wings down and its body remained aloft, |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.6 sent.2 | Ma ia wā, kau akula ʻo Laukieleʻula me Kahalaomāpuana i luna o ka ʻēheu o ua manu nei, ʻo ka lele akula nō ia a hiki iā Awakea, ka mea nāna e wehe ke pani o ka lā, kahi i noho ai ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā. | then Laukieleula and Kahalaomapuana rested upon the bird's wings and it flew and came to Awakea, the Noonday, the one who opens the door of the sun where Kaonohiokala lived. |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.1 sent.1 | I ia manawa a lāua i hiki aku ai, ua pani ʻia akula ko ke aliʻi wahi e nā ao hekili. | At the time they arrived, the entrance to the chief's house was blocked by thunderclouds. |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.1 sent.2 | A laila, kēnā aʻela ʻo Laukieleʻula iā Awakea, “Wehe ʻia mai ke pani o kahi o ke aliʻi!” | Then Laukieleula ordered Noonday, "Open the way to the chief's place!" |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.2 sent.1 | I ia manawa, ke ʻaʻe lā ʻo Awakea me kona wela nui, a ʻauheʻe akula nā ao hekili i mua ona. | Then Noonday put forth her heat and the clouds melted before her; |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.2 sent.2 | Aia hoʻi, ʻike ʻia akula ke aliʻi e moe mai ana i ka ʻōnohi pono o ka lā, i ka puokooko hoʻi o ka wela loa, no laila i kapa ʻia ai ka inoa o ke aliʻi ma muli o ia ʻano (Kaʻōnohiokalā). | lo! the chief appeared sleeping right in the eye of the sun in the fire of its intensest heat, so he was named after this custom The Eye of the Sun. |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.3 sent.2 | I ia manawa, ala maila ke aliʻi. | Then the chief awoke. |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.3 sent.3 | Iā Kahalaomāpuana i ʻike aku ai i kona kaikunāne, ua like nā maka me ka uila, a ʻo kona ʻili a me kona kino a puni, ua like me ke okooko o ke kapuahi hoʻoheʻeheʻe hao. | When Kahalaomapuana looked upon her brother his eyes were like lightning and his skin all over his body was like the heat of the furnace where iron is melted. |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.4 sent.4 | Nā kiaʻi o ka malumalu, kūlia i mua o ke aliʻi.” | Guards of the shadows, present yourselves before the chief. |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.5 sent.1 | I ia manawa, hele maila nā kiaʻi o ka malu, a kū ihola i mua o ke aliʻi. | Then the guards of the shade came and stood before the chief. |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.5 sent.2 | Aia hoʻi, ua holo ka wela o ka lā mai ke aliʻi aku. | Lo! the heat of the sun left the chief. |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.6 sent.1 | A loaʻa ka malumalu i mua o ko ke aliʻi wahi moe, a laila, kāhea maila i ke kaikuahine, a hele akula a uē ihola, no ka mea, ua māʻeʻele kona puʻuwai i ke aloha no kona kaikuahine ʻōpiopio, a he nui nō hoʻi nā lā o ke kaʻawale ʻana. | When the shadows came over the place where the chief lay, then he called his sister, and went to her, and wept over her, for his heart fainted with love for his youngest sister, and long had been the days of their separation. |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.6 sent.2 | A pau ka uē ʻana, nīnau ihola, “Na wai ke kama ʻo ʻoe?” | "When their wailing was ended he asked, "Whose child are you? " |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.7 sent.1 | Pane aku ke kaikuahine, “Na Mokukelekahiki, na Kāʻeloikamalama, na Moanalihaikawaokele lāua ʻo Laukieleʻula.” | Said the sister, "Mokukelekahiki's, Kaeloikamalama's, Moanalihaikawaokele's through Laukieleula." |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.8 sent.1 | Nīnau hou maila ke kaikunāne, “He aha ka huakaʻi?” | Again the brother asked, "What is your journey for? " |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.9 sent.1 | A lohe ke aliʻi i kēia mau ʻōlelo, hāliu akula ʻo ia i ko lāua makuahine, me ka nīnau aku, “E Laukieleʻula, ua ʻae anei ʻoe iaʻu e kiʻi i ka mea a ia nei e ʻōlelo mai nei i wahine naʻu?” | When the chief heard these things, he turned to their mother and asked, "Laukieleula, do you consent to my going to get the one whom she speaks of for my wife?" |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.10 sent.3 | ʻAe ʻia aku ka ʻōlelo a kou pōkiʻi, no ka mea, nāu i wehe mua ke alanui, a na ko kaikuahine i pani mai. | grant your little sister's request, for you first opened the pathway, she closed it; |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.1 sent.3 | ʻO kēia wahine nō aʻu i kiʻi mai nei iā ʻoe, i ka huakaʻi mua ʻana i kiʻi ai i ua wahine nei, hoʻi hou aʻe iā mākou, hele nō mākou a hiki i kahi o ua wahine nei, ke aliʻi wahine aʻu e ʻōlelo nei. | with this woman whom I am come to get you for. When he first went to woo this woman he came back again after us; we went with him and came to the woman's house, the princess of
whom I speak. |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, ʻōlelo akula ʻo ia iā Kahalaomāpuana, “E hoʻi ʻoe me ou kaikuaʻana a me ke aikāne aliʻi a ʻoukou, kuʻu wahine hoʻi, kali mai ʻoukou. | Then he said to Kahalaomapuana, "Return to your sisters and to your friend, the princess; my wife she shall be; wait, |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.5 sent.1 | “Ma ia hope iho, hoʻolohe mai ʻoukou, a i kuʻi ka hekili, ua ka ua, kaikoʻo ka moana, he waikahe ma ka ʻāina, ʻōlapa ka uila, uhi ka noe, piʻo ke ānuenue, kū ka pūnohu i ka moana, hoʻokahi malama e poʻi ai ka ʻino a mao aʻe, aia wau ma ke kua o nā mauna i ka wā mōlehulehu o ke kakahiaka. | "After this, hearken, and when the thunder rolls, the rain pours down, the ocean swells, the land is flooded, the lightning flashes, a mist overhangs, a rainbow arches, a colored cloud rises on the ocean, for one month bad weather closes down, when the storm clears, there I am behind the mountain in the shadow of the dawn. |
| Ch.28 p.155 para.2 sent.1 | A pau kēia mau mea, hoʻi ihola ʻo ia ma ke ala āna i piʻi aku ai, hoʻokahi malama, a hālāwai ihola me Kihanuilūlūmoku, haʻi akula i ka huaʻōlelo, “Ua pono kāua, ua waiwai nō hoʻi.” | These words ended, she returned by the same way that she had climbed up, and within one month found Kihanuilulumoku and told all briefly, "We are all right; we have prospered." |
| Ch.28 p.155 para.4 sent.1 | ʻIke maila ke aliʻi a me kona mau kaikuaʻana, he mea ʻē ka ʻoliʻoli. | The princess and her sisters saw her and rejoiced, |
| Ch.28 p.155 para.5 sent.1 | He ʻumikumamākahi malama, me ke anahulu, me ʻehā lā keu, ʻo ia ka lōʻihi o ke kaʻawale ʻana o Kahalaomāpuana, mai ka lā i haʻalele ai iā Lāʻieikawai mā a hiki i ko lāua hoʻi ʻana mai mai Keʻalohilani mai. | Eleven months, ten days, and four days over it was since Kahalaomapuana left Laieikawai and her companions until their return from The-shining-heavens. |
| Ch.29 p.157 para.1 sent.2 | I loko naʻe o kāna manawa e ʻōlelo nei no ka ʻōlelo kauoha a Kaʻōnohiokalā, ʻī maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona mau hoa, “E nā hoa, iā Kahalaomāpuana e ʻōlelo nei no Kaʻōnohiokalā, ke kaikunāne o kākou, kuʻu kāne hoʻi, ke kau ʻē mai nei iaʻu ka haliʻa o ka makaʻu a me ka weliweli. | When she recited the charge given her by Kaonohiokala, Laieikawai said to her companions, "O comrades, as Kahalaomapuana tells me the message of your brother and my husband, a strange foreboding weighs upon me, and I am amazed; |
| Ch.29 p.157 para.1 sent.3 | Ke kuhi nei au he kanaka, he akua nui loa kā! | I supposed him to be a man, a mighty god that! |
| Ch.29 p.157 para.1 sent.4 | I ahona paha a ʻike aku, ʻo kuʻu make nō paha ia, no ka mea, ke makaʻu honua ʻē mai nei nō i kona manawa ʻaʻole me kākou.” | When I think of seeing him, however I may desire it, I am ready to die with fear before he has even come to us." |
| Ch.29 p.157 para.2 sent.4 | Ma ona lā i hāʻawi ʻia ai ka mana nui hiki ʻole iā mākou, a ʻo Kahalaomāpuana nei, ʻalua wale nō mea i hāʻawi ʻia ai ka mana, koe aku naʻe ke kapu no ko kākou kaikunāne, no laila, mai makaʻu ʻoe. | to him was given superhuman powers which we have not, except Kahalaomapuana; only they two were given this power; his taboo rank still remains; therefore, do not fear; |
| Ch.29 p.157 para.3 sent.3 | Aia a lohe aku kākou i ka hekili kuʻi pāmaloʻo a me ka hekili i loko o ke kuāua, i ia manawa e ʻike ai ko ka ʻāina nei, he ua me ka uila, he kaikoʻo ma ka moana, he waikahe ma ka ʻāina, uhi paʻa ʻia ka ʻāina a me ka moana a puni e ka noe, ke ʻawa, ka ʻohu a me ke kualau. | "When we hear the thunder peal in dry weather and in wet, then we shall see over the earth rain and lightning, billows swell on the ocean, freshets on the land, land and sea covered thick with fog, fine mist and rain, and the beating of the ocean rain. |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.1 sent.1 | “A hala aʻe ia, a i ka lā ʻo Māhealani, ma ka ʻehu kakahiaka, i ka manawa e keʻehi iho ai nā kukuna o ka lā i ka piko o nā mauna, i ia manawa e ʻike aku ai ko ka ʻāina, he kama kahi ke noho mai ana i loko o ka ʻōnohi o ka lā; he mea like me ke keiki kapu a kuʻu akua. | "When this passes, on the day of full moon, in the dusk of the early morning, at the time when the sun's rays strike the mountain tops, then the earth shall behold a youth sitting within the eye of the sun, one like the taboo child of my god. |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.1 sent.3 | A lohe kāna mau kaikamāhine i kēia wānana a ka makāula, nalu ihola lākou i loko o lākou iho ma ke kaʻawale i kēia wānana a ka makāula, me ka haʻi ʻole aku i ua makāula nei, no ka mea, ua hoʻomanaʻo wale aʻela lākou no kā lākou mea i hoʻouna ai i ko lākou kaikaina. | When his daughters heard the seer's prophecy, they wondered within themselves that he should prophesy at this distance, without knowing anything about their sister's mission for which they waited. |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.2 sent.1 | Ma kona ʻano makāula, ua hiki iā ia ke hele aku e kūkala ma Kauaʻi a puni, me ka haʻi aku i kāna mea i ʻike, a no nā mea e hiki mai ana ma hope. | As a prophet it was his privilege to proclaim about Kauai those things which he saw would come to pass. |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.2 sent.2 | A no kēia mea, kauoha ihola i kāna mau kaikamāhine, ma mua o kona haʻalele ʻana iā lākou, me ka ʻōlelo aku, “E aʻu mau kaikamāhine, ke hele nei au ma kuʻu ʻaoʻao mau. | So, before leaving his daughters, he commanded them and said, "My daughters. I am giving you my instructions before leaving you, |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.1 sent.3 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a ka makāula, kipaku ʻia maila ka makāula mai ke alo mai o ke aliʻi. | And because of the seer's words, he was driven away from before the face of the chief. |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.4 sent.1 | Akā, ʻo Waka, ʻaʻole ʻo ia i hoʻokō, me ka ʻōlelo mai, “Inā he akua ka mea nāna e luku mai, a laila, he akua nō koʻu e hiki ai ke hoʻopakele iaʻu a me kaʻu mau aliʻi.” | But Waka would not listen, and answered, "If a god is the one to bring destruction, then I have another god to save me and my chiefs." |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.5 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a Waka, hāliu akula ka makāula i ke aliʻi, a ʻōlelo akula, “Mai hoʻolohe i kā ko kupuna wahine, no ka mea, e hiki mai ana ka luku nui ma luna o nā aliʻi. | And at Waka's words the seer turned to the chiefs and said, "Do not listen to your grandmother, for a great destruction is coming over the chiefs. |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.5 sent.4 | A hiki i ua lā lā, e moe ana nā luāhine ma nā kapuaʻi o ke keiki mana, me ke noi aku i ola, ʻaʻole e loaʻa, no ka mea, ua hōʻole i ka ʻōlelo a ka makāula nei.” | "When that day comes, the old women will lie down before the soles of the feet of that mighty youth, and plead for life, and not get it, because they have disbelieved the words of the prophet." |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.5 sent.5 | A no ka mea, ua ʻike ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i ke kō mau o kāna mau wānana ma mua aku, no laila, ua pale kēlā i ka ʻōlelo a ka luahine. | And because Kekalukaluokewa knew that his former prophecies had been fulfilled, therefore he rejected the old woman's counsel. |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.5 sent.6 | A hala akula ka makāula, kūkulu aʻela ke aliʻi i lepa a puni kona hale aliʻi, a noho ihola ma loko o kahi hoʻomalu e like me ka ʻōlelo a ka makāula. | When the seer left the chief placed flag signals all around the palace and stayed within the protected place as the prophet had commanded. |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.6 sent.2 | No ke aloha wale nō a ka makāula ke kumu o kona hele ʻana aku e haʻi i kāna mea i ʻike ai. | For no other reason than love did the seer go to tell those things which he saw. |
| Ch.30 p.161 para.1 sent.1 | Hoʻokahi anahulu ma hope iho o ko Kahalaomāpuana hoʻi ʻana mai mai Keʻalohilani mai, i ia manawa, hiki maila ka hōʻailona mua a ko lākou kaikunāne e like me ke kauoha i kona kaikuahine. | Ten days after Kahalaomapuana's return from Kealohilani came the first of their brother's promised signs. |
| Ch.30 p.161 para.1 sent.2 | Pēlā i hoʻāʻo liʻiliʻi ai nā hōʻailona i loko o nā lā ʻelima, a ʻo ke ono o ka lā, kuʻi ka hekili, ua ka ua, kaikoʻo ka moana, waikahe ka ʻāina, ʻōlapa ka uila, uhi ka noe, piʻo ke ānuenue, ku ka pūnohu i ka moana. | So the signs began little by little during five days, and on the sixth day the thunder cracked, the rain poured down, the ocean billows swelled, the land was flooded, the lightning flashed, the mist closed down, the rainbow arched, the colored cloud rose over the ocean. |
| Ch.30 p.161 para.4 sent.5 | A ke ʻike nei wau, noʻu ka pōmaikaʻi, a no kaʻu mau pua maiā ʻoukou mai.” | and I see prosperity for me and for my seed to be mine through you." |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.1 sent.2 | Ma ke kakahiaka, i nā kukuna o ka lā i haʻalele iho ai i nā mauna, ʻike ʻia akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā e noho ana i loko o ka wela kūkanono o ka lā ma waena pono o ka luakālai i hoʻopuni ʻia i nā ānuenue a me ka ua koko. | in the early morning when the rays of the sun rose above the mountain, Kaonohiokala was seen sitting within the smoking heat of the sun, right in the middle of the sun's ring, encircled with rainbows and a red mist. |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.2 sent.1 | I kēlā wā nō, lohe ʻia akula ka pihe ʻuā a puni ʻo Kauaʻi i ka ʻike ʻana aku i ka hiwahiwa kama kahi a Moanalihaikawaokele lāua ʻo Laukieleʻula, ke aliʻi nui o Kahakaekaea a me Nuʻumealani. | Then the sound of shouting was heard all over Kauai at the sight of the beloved child of Moanalihaikawaokele and Laukieleula, the great high chief of Kahakaekaea and Nuumealani. |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.3 sent.1 | Mai ke kakahiaka a ahiahi ka ʻuā ʻana. | From morning until evening the shouting lasted, |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.3 sent.2 | Ua paʻa ka leo, ʻo ke kuhikuhi wale iho nō a ka lima, ʻaʻohe leo, me ke kūnou ʻana o ke poʻo, no ka mea, ua paʻa ka leo i ka ʻuā iā Kaʻōnohiokalā. | until they were hoarse and could only point with their hands and nod their heads, for they were hoarse with shouting for Kaonohiokala. |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.4 sent.1 | I ia manawa a Kaʻōnohiokalā e nānā mai ana i ka honua nei, aia hoʻi, e ʻaʻahu mai ana ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ke kapa ānuenue a kona kaikuahine (Kahalaomāpuana) i lawe mai ai, a laila, maopopo aʻela iā ia, ʻo Lāʻieikawai nō kēia, ka wahine hoʻopalau āna. | Now, as Kaonohiokala looked down upon the earth, lo! Laieikawai was clothed in the rainbow garment his sister, Kahalaomapuana, had brought her; then through this sign he recognized Laieikawai as his betrothed wife. |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.5 sent.1 | Ma ka ʻehu ahiahi, ma ka puka ʻana mai a ka mahina kōnane ʻo Māhealani, hiki maila i loko o ke anapuni a ka makāula. | In the dusk of the evening, at the rising of the bright full moon, he entered the prophet's inclosure. |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.10 sent.1 | I ia manawa, kāhea ihola ʻo ia i kona mau kaikuahine, “Ke lawe nei wau i kuʻu wahine, a ma kēia pō e hiki hou mai māua,” a laila, kāʻili ʻia akula kāna wahine me ka ʻike ʻole ʻia e kona mau hoa. | Then he called to his sisters, "I take my wife and at this time of the night will come again hither." Then his wife was caught away out of sight of her companions, |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.10 sent.2 | Akā, ʻo ka makāula ka mea i ʻike ʻāweʻaweʻa aku i ka lawe ʻia ʻana ma ke ānuenue, a noho i loko o ka mahina. | but the prophet had a glimpse of her being carried on the rainbow to dwell within the moon; |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.1 sent.4 | A pau nā lā he ʻumi, a laila, e hui hou kāua, a naʻu nō e haʻi aku i ka mea e pono ai ke hana ʻoe a me kāu mau kaikamāhine pū me ʻoe.” | "At the end of ten days, then we shall meet again, and I will tell you what is well for you to do, and my sisters with you." |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.4 sent.1 | I ia manawa, hālāwai maila me ia ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, a haʻi akula i kāna ʻōlelo hōʻike no kāna ʻoihana kaʻapuni e like me ke kauoha a ka hiwahiwa. | Then Kaonohiokala met him, and the seer told him about the circuit he had made at the Beloved's command. |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.6 sent.1 | A i ke kakahiaka o kekahi lā aʻe, ma ka puka ʻana mai o ka lā, i ka wā i haʻalele iho ai nā kukuna wela o ka lā i nā mauna, i ia manawa ka hoʻomaka ʻana o ka hiwahiwa e hoʻopaʻi iā ʻAiwohikupua a me Waka pū. | And in the morning of the next day, at sunrise, when the hot rays of the sun rose over the mountains, Then the Beloved began to punish Aiwohikupua and Waka. |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.6 sent.3 | Ma ke noi a Lāʻieikawai e hoʻopakele iā Lāʻielohelohe a me kāna kāne, no laila, ua māʻalo aʻe ka pilikia mai o lāua aʻe, a no lāua kekahi kuleana ma ka ʻāina ma ia hope iho. | At the Request of Laieikawai to spare Laielohelohe and her husband, the danger passed them by, and they became rulers over the land thereafter. |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.7 sent.1 | I ke kakahiaka naʻe, i ka hoʻomaka ʻana o ka luku iā ʻAiwohikupua a me Waka, aia hoʻi, ʻo ke anaina i ʻākoakoa ma Pihanakalani, ʻike akula lākou i ke ānuenue i kuʻu ʻia mai ma ka mahina mai, i ʻūlili ʻia i nā kukuna wela o ka lā. | Now in the early morning of the day of Aiwohikupua's and Waka's downfall, Lo! the multitude assembled at Pihanakalani saw a rainbow let down from the moon to earth, trembling in the hot rays of the sun. |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.8 sent.1 | A laila, i ia manawa ʻākoakoa lākou a pau, ka makāula a me nā kaikamāhine ʻelima, e kau mai ana ma ke ala i ʻūlili ʻia, a ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā me Lāʻieikawai ma ke kaʻawale, a he mau kapuaʻi ko lāua me he ahi lā. | Then, as they all crowded together, the seer and the five girls stood on the ladder way, and Kaonohiokala and Laieikawai apart, and the soles of their feet were like fire. |
| Ch.30 p.166 para.9 sent.1 | A pau ka hoʻopaʻi a ke aliʻi no nā ʻenemi, hoʻonoho aʻela ke aliʻi o luna iā Kahalaomāpuana i mōʻī, a hoʻonoho pākahi akula i nā kaikuahine ona ma nā mokupuni. | When the chief had avenged them upon their enemies, the chief placed Kahalaomapuana as ruler over them and stationed his other sisters over separate islands. |
| Ch.30 p.166 para.9 sent.2 | A ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā nō ke kuhina nui a me Lāʻielohelohe, a ʻo ka makāula nō ko lākou mau hoa kūkā ma ke ʻano kuhina nui. | And Kekalukaluokewa was chief counsellor under Laielohelohe, and the seer was their companion in council, with the power of chief counsellor". |
| Ch.30 p.166 para.10 sent.1 | A pau ka hoʻoponopono ʻana no kēia mau mea, a pono ka noho ʻana, kāʻili pū ʻia akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai e kāna kāne ma ke ānuenue i loko o nā ao kaʻalelewa, a noho ma kahi mau o kāna kāne. | After all these things were put in order and well established, Laieikawai and her husband were taken on the rainbow to the land within the clouds and dwelt in the husband's home. |
| Ch.30 p.166 para.10 sent.2 | Inā e hewa kona mau kaikuahine, a laila, na Kahalaomāpuana e lawe ka ʻōlelo hoʻopiʻi i mua o ke aliʻi. | In case her sisters should do wrong then it was Kahalaomapuana's duty to bring word to the chief. |
| Ch.31 p.167 para.1 sent.2 | A no ka lilo ʻana o Lāʻieikawai i wahine mau ma ka pelika paʻa, no laila, haʻawi ʻia aʻela ia ia kekahi mau hana mana a pau ma ke ʻano akua e like me kana kane, koe naʻe ka mana hiki ʻole ke ʻike i na mea huna a me na hana pohihihi i hana ʻia ma kahi mamao; no kana kane wale nō. | And when she became wife under the marriage bond, all power was given her as a god except that to see hidden things and those obscure deeds which were done at a distance; only her husband had this power. |
| Ch.31 p.167 para.2 sent.1 | Ma mua naʻe o ko lāua haʻalele ʻana ia Kauaʻi a hoʻi aku i luna, ua hana ʻia kekahi ʻōlelo hoʻoholo i loko o ko lākou ʻakoakoa ʻana ma ka ʻahaʻōlelo hoʻoponopono aupuni ʻana, ʻo ia hoʻi, i ka la i kuʻu ʻia mai ai ke alanui anuenue mai Nuʻumealani mai, a kau akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokala a me āʻieikawai ma luna o ke ala anuenue i ʻōlelo ʻia, a waiho maila i kona kauoha hope i kona mau hoa, ka makāula a me Lāʻielohelohe, eia kana ʻōlelo, “E oʻu mau hoa a me ko kakou makua kane makāula, kuʻu kaikaina i ka aʻa hoʻokahi a me ka kaua kane, ke hoʻi nei au ma muli o ka mea a kakou i kūka ai, a ke haʻalele nei wau ia ʻoukou, a hoʻi aku i kahi hiki ʻole ia ʻoukou ke ʻike koke aʻe. | Before they left Kauai to return to the heavens, a certain agreement was made in their assembly at the government council. Lo! on that day, the rainbow pathway was let down from
Nuumealani and Kaonohiokala and Laieikawai mounted upon that way, and she laid her last commands upon her sisters, the seer, and Laielohelohe; these were her words: "My companions and our father the prophet, my sister born with me in the womb and your husband, I return according to our agreement; I leave you and return to that place where you will not soon come to see me; |
| Ch.31 p.168 para.1 sent.2 | ʻElima paha makahiki ka lōʻihi o ko lāua noho ʻana ma ka hoʻohiki paʻa o ka pelika male, a i ke ono paha o ka makahiki o ko Lāʻieikawai mā noho pono ʻana me kāna kāne, i ia manawa, hāʻule ihola ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā i ka hewa me Lāʻielohelohe me ka ʻike ʻole o nā mea ʻē aʻe i kēia hāʻule ʻana i ka hewa. | They had lived perhaps five years under the marriage contract, and about the sixth year of Laieikawai's happy life with her husband, Kaonohiokala fell into sin with Laielohelohe without
knowing of his falling into sin. |
| Ch.31 p.168 para.3 sent.3 | Hoʻokahi paha minuke e lele aku ai ke kuko mai ona aku, a laila, pili maila nō. | for perhaps a minute the lust flew from him, then it clung to him once more. |
| Ch.31 p.168 para.5 sent.1 | I kēlā manawa nō hoʻi, iā ia e hālāwai lā me kona mau kaikuahine a me ka makāula hoʻi, ka punalua a me kā lāua wahine hoʻi (Lāʻielohelohe), hoʻomaka aʻela ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā e hoʻoponopono hou no ke aupuni, a no laila, ua hoʻomaka hou ka ʻahaʻōlelo. | Now at this time, when he met his sisters, the prophet and his punalua and their wife (Laielohelohe), Kaonohiokala began to redistribute the land, so he called a fresh council. |
| Ch.31 p.168 para.5 sent.2 | A i mea e pono ai ko ke aliʻi manaʻo kolohe, hoʻolilo aʻela ʻo ia i kona mau kaikuahine i poʻe kiaʻi no ka ʻāina i ʻōlelo ʻia ʻo Keʻalohilani, a na lākou e hoʻoponopono pū me Mokukelekahiki i ka noho ʻana a me nā hana a pau e pili ana i ka ʻāina. | And to carry out his evil purpose, he transferred his sisters to be guards over the land called Kealohilani, and arranged that they should live with Mokukelekahiki and have charge of the land with him. |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.1 sent.1 | A ʻike aʻela kekahi o kona mau kaikuahine ua ʻoi aku ka hanohano ma mua o kēia noho ʻana, no ka mea, ua hoʻolilo ʻia i mau aliʻi no kahi hiki ʻole iā lākou ke noho, e lawelawe pū me Mokukelekahiki, no laila, hoʻoholo aʻela lākou i ka ʻae ma muli o ka ʻōlelo a ko lākou kaikunāne. | When some of his sisters saw how much greater the honor was to become chiefs in a land they had never visited, and serve with Mokukelekahiki there, they agreed to consent to their brother's plan. |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.1 sent.3 | A no ko Kahalaomāpuana ʻae ʻole, hoʻopuka akula ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo i mua o kona kaikunāne, “E kuʻu Lani, ma kou hoʻolilo ʻana aʻe nei iā mākou e hoʻi i Keʻalohilani, a ʻo lākou nō ke hoʻi, a ʻo wau nei lā, e noho aʻe nō wau i lalo nei e like me kāu hoʻonoho mua ʻana, no ka mea, ke aloha nei wau i ka ʻāina a me nā makaʻāinana, a ua maʻa aʻe nei nō hoʻi ka noho ʻana. | And in refusing, she spoke to her brother as follows: "My high one, as to your sending us to Kealohilani, let them go and I will remain here, living as you first placed me; for I love the land and the people and am accustomed to the life; |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.1 sent.4 | A inā ʻo wau nō ma lalo nei, ʻo ʻoe nō ma luna mai, a ʻo lākou nei hoʻi i waena aʻe nei, a laila, pono iho nō kākou, like loa me ka hānau ʻana mai a ko kākou makuahine, no ka mea, nāu i wāhi ke alanui, a ʻo kou mau pōkiʻi hoʻi, hele aku ma hope ou, a naʻu hoʻi i pani aku. | and if I stay below here and you above and they between, then all will be well, just as we were born of our mother; for you broke the way, your little sisters followed you, and I stopped it up; |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.1 sent.5 | ʻO ke oki nō ia, a ʻo ia lā.” | that was the end, and so it was." |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.2 sent.2 | Akā, no ke ake nui o Kaʻōnohiokalā e kaʻawale aku ʻo ia i kahi ʻē, i mea e ʻike ʻole ʻia ai kona kalohe ʻana, no laila, hailona akula ʻo ia i kona mau kaikuahine, a ʻo ka mea e kū ai ka hailona, ʻo ia ke hoʻi i loko o Keʻalohilani. | but because of Kaonohiokala's great desire to get her away so that she would not detect his mischievous doings, therefore he cast lots upon his sisters, and the one upon whom the lot rested must go back to Kealohilani. |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.2 sent.5 | E hele ʻoukou ma ke kaʻawale kekahi i kekahi. | every one by herself, |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.2 sent.7 | E like me ko hānau ʻana, pēlā ʻoukou e hele ai, a pēlā nō hoʻi ʻoukou ke hoʻi mai, a ʻo ka mea lōʻihi o kāna kiliʻoʻopu, ʻo ia ke hoʻi i Keʻalohilani.” | in the order of your birth, and the one who has the longest grass stem, she shall go to Kealohilani." |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.2 sent.8 | Hele akula kēlā a me kēia o lākou ma ke kaʻawale, a hoʻi maila e like me ka mea i ʻōlelo ʻia iā lākou. | Every one went separately and returned as they had been told. |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.3 sent.3 | A ʻo ke kolu hoʻi, huhuki maila i kāna kiliʻoʻopu, ʻelua ʻīniha paha ka lōʻihi. | and the third, she pulled her grass stem about two inches long; |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.3 sent.5 | A ʻo Kahalaomāpuana hoʻi, ʻaʻole ʻo ia i huhuki mai ma ke kiliʻoʻopu loloa, huhuki maila ʻo ia ma ka mea liʻiliʻi loa, ʻekolu kapuaʻi paha kona loa, a ʻoki aʻela ʻo ia i ka hapalua o kāna, a hoʻi akula, me ka manaʻo, ʻo kāna kiliʻoʻopu ka pōkole. | and Kahalaomapuana did not pull the tall flowers, she pulled a very short one, about three feet long hers was, and she cut off half and came back, thinking her grass stem was the shortest. |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.3 sent.1 | ʻO ia hoʻi, he mea kaumaha naʻe iā Kahalaomāpuana ke kaʻawale ʻana aku mai kona noho aliʻi aku a me nā makaʻāinana, no ka mea, ua hoʻopouli ʻia ko ke aliʻi wahine naʻau makemake ʻole e hoʻi i Keʻalohilani e ka hailona. | Lo! she was sorrowful at separating herself from her own chief-house and the people of the land; darkened was the princess's heart by the unwelcome lot that sent her back to Kealohilani. |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.4 sent.1 | A i ka lā o Kahalaomāpuana i hoʻi ai i Keʻalohilani, kuʻu ʻia maila ke ānuenue mai luna mai a hiki i lalo nei. | And on the day when Kahalaomapuana was to depart for Kealohilani, the rainbow was let down from above the earth. |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, haʻi akula ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo i mua o kona kaikunāne me ka ʻī aku, “E kū ke alanui o kuʻu lani pēlā e kali no nā lā he ʻumi. | Then she said to her brother, "Let the pathway of my high one wait ten days, |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.4 sent.4 | A ʻike ihola ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, ua pono ka ʻōlelo a kona kaikuahine, hoʻoholo aʻela ʻo ia i kona manaʻo ʻae, a laila, lawe hou ʻia akula ke alanui i luna me kona kaikunāne pū. | When Kaonohiokala saw that his sister's words were well, he granted her wish; then the pathway was taken up again with her brother. |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.5 sent.1 | A i ka ʻumi o ka lā, kuʻu ʻia maila ua alanui nei i mua o ke anaina a kau akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i luna o ke alanui ʻūlili i hoʻomākaukau ʻia nona, a huli maila me ka naʻau kaumaha, i hoʻopiha ʻia kona mau maka i nakulu wai o Kūlanihākoʻi, me ka ʻī mai, “E nā aliʻi, nā makaʻāinana, ke haʻalele nei wau iā ʻoukou. | And on the tenth day, the pathway was let down again before the assembly, and Kahalaomapuana mounted upon the ladder way prepared for her and turned with heavy heart, her eyes filled with a flood of tears, the water drops of Kulanihakoi, and said: "O chiefs and people, I am leaving you |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.5 sent.2 | Ke hoʻi nei wau i ka ʻāina a ʻoukou i ʻike ʻole ai. | to return to a land unknown to you; |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.5 sent.6 | No laila, e pule ʻoukou i ke akua, a e pule nō hoʻi wau i koʻu akua, a inā i mana nā pule a kākou, a laila, e hālāwai hou ana nō kākou ma kēia hope aku. | now, therefore, do you pray to your god and I will pray to my god, and if our prayer has might, then shall we meet again hereafter. |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.5 sent.10 | A laila, lālau aʻela ʻo ia i kona ʻaʻahu, a pālulu aʻela i kona mau maka i mua o ke anaina i mea e hūnā ai i kona mānaʻonaʻo i nā makaʻāinana a me ka ʻāina, a lawe ʻia akula ʻo ia ma ke ānuenue i loko o nā ao kaʻalelewa ma ka lani kua kaʻa. | Then she caught hold of her garment and held it up to her eyes before the assembly to hide her feeling for the people and the land. And she was borne by the rainbow to the land above the clouds, to Lanikuakaa, the heavens higher up. |
| Ch.31 p.171 para.1 sent.1 | ʻO ke kumu nui o ko Kaʻōnohiokalā manaʻo nui e hoʻokawale iā Kahalaomāpuana i Keʻalohilani, i mea e nalo ai kona kalohe iā Lāʻielohelohe, no ka mea, ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, aia kekahi ʻike iā ia. | The great reason why Kaonohiokala wished to separate Kahalao-
mapuana in Kealohilani was to hide his evil doings with Laielohelohe, for Kahalaomapuana was the only one |
| Ch.31 p.171 para.1 sent.3 | A ma ke ʻano akua o Kaʻōnohiokalā, ua lilo ka hailona iā Kahalaomāpuana. | and by his supernatural arts he made the lot fall to Kahalaomapuana. |
| Ch.32 p.173 para.1 sent.1 | A lilo aʻela ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i poʻo kiʻekiʻe ma ke aupuni, a laila, hoʻouna akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā iā Kekalukaluokēwā e hele e kaʻapuni ma nā mokupuni a pau e lawelawe i kāna ʻoihana mōʻī, a hoʻonoho ihola iā Lāʻielohelohe ma ko Kekalukaluokēwā wahi ma ke ʻano hope mōʻī. | When Kekalukaluokewa became head over the group, then Kaonohiokala sent him to make a tour of the islands and perform the functions of a ruler, and he put Laielohelohe in Kekalukaluokewa's place as his substitute. |
| Ch.32 p.173 para.3 sent.1 | Iā lāua me Lāʻielohelohe e hālāwai lā, noi akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā iā Lāʻielohelohe e hoʻokaʻawale ʻia nā mea ʻē aʻe, a ma kona ʻano mea nui, ua hoʻokaʻawale ʻia ko ke aliʻi wahine mau ʻaialo. | When the two met, Kaonohiokala asked Laielohelohe to separate herself from the rest, and at the high chief's command the princess's retainers withdrew. |
| Ch.32 p.173 para.3 sent.2 | Iā Lāʻielohelohe me Kaʻōnohiokalā, ʻo lāua wale nō ma ke kaʻawale, ʻī akula, “ʻO ka ʻekolu kēia o koʻu mau makahiki (puni) o ka makemake ʻana iā ʻoe, no ka mea, ua ulu kou nani a pāpale ma luna o kou kaikuaʻana (Lāʻieikawai). | When Laielohelohe and Kaonohiokala were alone he said, "This is the third year that I have desired you, for your beauty has grown and overshadowed your sister's, Laieikawai's. |
| Ch.32 p.173 para.3 sent.3 | A no laila, ma nā lā hope nei, ua hiki ʻole iaʻu ke hoʻomanawanui e pale aku i ke kuko noʻu iā ʻoe mai ou aku.” | Now at last my patience no longer avails to turn away my passion from you." |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.1 sent.2 | A he aha lā ka manaʻo o kuʻu lani e pono ai ke hana?” | And what does my high one see fit to do?" |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.1 sent.3 | “E launa kino kāua,” wahi a Kaʻōnohiokalā, “ʻO ia wale nō ka mea e pono ai ke hana ʻia i mua oʻu.” | "Let us know one another." said Kaonohiokala. "this is the only thing to be done for me." |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.3 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā i kēia mea, ʻakahi nō a hoʻomōhala ʻia ke kuko ʻino i loko, a laila, hoʻi akula ʻo ia i luna me kāna wahine (Lāʻieikawai). | "When Kaonohiokala heard this, then he had some check to his passion, then he returned to the heavens to his wife, Laieikawai. |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.3 sent.2 | ʻAʻole naʻe i anahulu kona mau lā i luna, uhi paʻapū hou ʻia maila ʻo ia e nā hekili o ke kuko ʻino, a hiki ʻole ke hoʻomanawanui no ke kuko. | He had not been ten days there when he was again thick-pressed by the thunders of his evil lust, and he could not hold out against it. |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.4 sent.1 | A no ka lohe mua ʻana o Kaʻōnohiokalā “nā mea nāna i mālama” iā ia ka “hoʻohiki paʻa e ʻae aku,” no laila, kiʻi mua akula ʻo ia ma o Kapūkaʻihaoa lā e noi aku e ʻae mai i ko ke aliʻi makemake. | And having heard that her guardian who bound her must give his consent, he first sought Kapukaihaoa and asked his consent to the chief's purpose. |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.4 sent.3 | ʻAʻole naʻe no ke kāʻili loa mai, akā, i mea e hoʻomāmā aʻe ai i koʻu naʻau kaumaha i ke kuko i kāu milimili, no ka mea, ua noi mua aku wau i ua milimili lā āu i kuʻu makemake, akā, ua kuhikuhi mai kēlā nāu e ʻae aku. | not to take her away altogether, but to ease my heavy heart of its lust after your foster child; for I first begged my boon of her, but she sent me for your consent, |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.5 sent.1 | ʻĪ aku ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa, “E ka lani o nā lani, ke ʻae aku nei wau ma kāu noi, e kuʻu Lani. | Said Kapukaihaoa: "High one of the highest, I grant your request, my high one; |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.5 sent.3 | Ua ʻupu aku hoʻi ko māua manaʻo me ka mea nāna i mālama kāu wahine (Lāʻieikawai), ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā ke kāne a kaʻu hānai; ua pono nō. | It was our strong desire, mine and hers who took care of your wife Laieikawai, that Kekalukaluokewa should be our foster child's husband; very good, |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.5 sent.5 | A no laila, e aho hoʻi ke kā i ka nele loa, a nāu ka wahine a ʻolua.” | so it will be well, in order to avoid a second misfortune, that you have the wife for the two of you." |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.6 sent.1 | A pau kēia mau kamaʻilio a lāua ma ke kaʻawale, hele akula ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa me ke aliʻi pū a hiki i o Lāʻielohelohe lā, ʻī akula, “E kuʻu luhi, eia ke kāne. | At the end of their secret conference, Kapukaihaoa went with the chief to Laielohelohe. Said he, "My ward, here is the husband, |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.1 sent.1 | A ma hope iho o ia mau lā kaʻawale, ua ʻaʻaki paʻa ʻia ke aloha wela i luna o Kaʻōnohiokalā, a ʻano ʻē kona mau helehelena. | And after he had been some days absent, the pangs of love caught him fast, and changed his usual appearance. |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.5 sent.1 | Iā lāua e hui ana ma ka makemake o ke aliʻi kāne, i ia manawa, ua ʻike ʻole ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i kona aloha iā Kaʻōnohiokalā, no ka mea, ʻaʻole nō ʻo ke aliʻi wahine makemake iki e hana i ka hewa me ke aliʻi nui o luna, aia hoʻi, ma muli o ka ʻonou a kona mea nāna i mālama wale nō ka hoʻokō ʻana. | When they met at the chief's wish, Laielohelohe did not love Kaonohiokala, for the princess did not wish to commit sin with the great chief from the heavens, but to satisfy her guardian's greed. |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.6 sent.2 | I ia manawa, ulu maila a māhuahua ke aloha o Lāʻielohelohe iā Kekalukaluokēwā no kona hāʻule ʻana i ka hewa me Kaʻōnohiokalā. | Then Laielohelohe's love for Kekalukaluokewa waxed and grew because she had fallen into sin with Kaonohiokala. |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.7 sent.1 | I kekahi lā ma ke ahiahi, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe iā Kapūkaʻihaoa, “E kuʻu kahu nāna i mālama maikaʻi, i kēia manawa, ua pōʻino loa iaʻu ka manaʻo no Kaʻōnohiokalā i loko o nā manawa o māua i hana iho nei i ka hewa, a ke hoʻomāhuahua mai nei ke aloha o kuʻu kāne (Kekalukaluokēwā) iaʻu, no ka mea, i ka noho iho nei nō kā i ka pono me ke kāne, me ko māua maikaʻi, a lalau wale nō i ka hewa, ʻaʻole no koʻu makemake, no kou makemake wale nō. | One day in the evening Laielohelohe said to Kapukaihaoa, "My good guard and protector, I am sorry for my sin with Kaonohiokala, and love grows within me for Kekalukaluokewa, my husband; good and happy has been our life together, and I sinned not by my own wish, but through your wish alone. |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.7 sent.2 | He aha nō lā hoʻi kou hewa ke hōʻole aku, i kuhikuhi aku hoʻi wau i kou ʻae ʻole no kou hoʻohiki ʻana, ʻaʻole au e launa me kekahi mea ʻē aʻe. | What harm had you refused? I referred the matter to you because of your binding me not to keep companionship with anyone; |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.8 sent.1 | ʻĪ aku ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa, “I ʻae aku au e lilo ʻoe i ka mea ʻē no kuʻu nele i ka haʻawina waiwai o ko kāne, no ka mea, ma kuʻu maka ponoʻī nei nō ka waiwai a ko kāne i hāʻawi aʻe ai, a ʻo wau nō ke kū. | Said Kapukaihaoa, "I allowed you to be another's because your husband gave me no gifts; for in my very face your husband's gifts were given to others; there I stood, |
| Ch.32 p.176 para.1 sent.1 | I ke ahiahi iho, kēnā aʻela ʻo ia i nā ʻaialo kāne ona, nā mea mālama waʻa hoʻi o ke aliʻi, e hoʻomākaukau i nā waʻa no ka holo aku e ʻimi i ke kāne. | That very evening she commanded her retainers, those who guarded the chief's canoe, to get the canoe ready to set sail to seek the husband. |
| Ch.32 p.176 para.1 sent.2 | A no ke kumu ʻole o kona manaʻo iā Kaʻōnohiokalā, no laila, hūnā ihola ʻo ia iā ia ma loko o nā hale kuaʻāina hiki ʻole iā ia ke noho, no kona manaʻo, o hiki hou mai ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, hana hou ʻia ka hewa me kona makemake ʻole kona peʻe ma nā hale kuaʻāina. | And not wishing to meet Kaonohiokala, she hid inside the country people's houses where he would not come, lest Kaonohiokala should come again and sin with her against her wish; so she fled to the country people's houses, |
| Ch.32 p.176 para.3 sent.3 | Akā, ua haʻi malū aku naʻe ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i ke kiaʻi hale aliʻi i ke kumu o kona hele ʻana, a no ka nele o ko ke aliʻi makemake, hoʻi akula ʻo ia i luna. | Now Laielohelohe had secretly told the guard of the chief's house why she was going. And failing in his desires he returned above. |
| Ch.32 p.176 para.3 sent.4 | ʻO kēia hāʻule ʻana naʻe a nā aliʻi i ka hewa, ua nakulu akula kēia lohe i ke aloaliʻi, ma o nā ʻaialo wale nō naʻe, a ua lohe pū ʻia nō hoʻi ko Lāʻielohelohe makemake ʻole. | The report of his lord's falling into sin had reached the ears of the chief through some of his retainers and he had heard also of Laielohelohe's displeasure. |
| Ch.32 p.176 para.4 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua e kuewa ana ma ke aloaliʻi, ʻo ia naʻe kekahi i lohe i kēia mau mea. | Now the vagabond, Aiwohikupua, was one of the chief's retainers, he was the one who heard these things. |
| Ch.32 p.176 para.4 sent.2 | A no ka lohe ʻana o ʻAiwohikupua i ko Lāʻielohelohe kumu i holo ai e ʻimi i ke kāne, a laila, ʻī aku ʻo ia i ke kiaʻi hale aliʻi, “Inā i hoʻi hou mai ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, a i nīnau mai iā Lāʻielohelohe, ʻī aku ʻoe ua maʻi ia, a laila, ʻaʻole e hoʻi hou mai, no ka mea, he mea haumia loa ia iā Kaʻōnohiokalā a me nā mākua o mākou. | And when he heard Laielohelohe's reason for setting sail to seek her husband, then he said to the palace guard, "If Kaonohiokala returns again, and asks for Laielohelohe, tell him she is ill, then he will not come back, for she would pollute Kaonohiokala and our parents; |
| Ch.32 p.176 para.4 sent.4 | I ia iho hou ʻana mai o Kaʻōnohiokalā, nīnau i ke kiaʻi hale aliʻi, a laila, haʻi ʻia akula e like me kā ʻAiwohikupua ʻōlelo, a laila, hoʻi akula ʻo ia i luna. | When Kaonohiokala came again and questioned the guard then he was told as Aiwohikupua had said, and he went back up again. |
| Ch.33 p.177 para.1 sent.1 | Ua ʻōlelo ʻia ma ka mokuna kanakolukumamālua o kēia kaʻao ke kumu o ko Lāʻielohelohe ʻimi ʻana i kāna kāne, iā Kekalukaluokēwā. | In Chapter XXXII of this story the reason was told why Laielohelohe went in search of her husband. |
| Ch.33 p.177 para.3 sent.1 | I ia hele ʻana a lākou a hiki i Kaʻuiki, ua ahiahi naʻe, nīnau akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i nā kamaʻāina i ka lōʻihi o kahi i koe a hiki i Honokalani, kahi a Kekalukaluokēwā e noho ana me Hinaikamalama, ʻōlelo mai ke kamaʻāina, “Napoʻo ka lā, hiki,” a hele akula lākou, me ke kamaʻāina pū. | On their arrival at Kauwiki, that afternoon, Laielohelohe asked a native of the place how much farther it was to Honokalani, where Kekalukaluokewa and Hinaikamalama were staying. Said the native, "You can arrive by sundown." They went on, accompanied by the natives, |
| Ch.33 p.177 para.3 sent.2 | A mōlehulehu, hiki akula lākou i Honokalani, a laila, hoʻouna akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i ke kamaʻāina e hele aku e nānā i ka noho ʻana o nā aliʻi. | and at dusk reached Honokalani; there Laielohelohe sent the natives to see where the
chiefs were staying. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.1 sent.1 | Hele akula ke kamaʻāina, a ʻike aku i nā aliʻi e inu ʻawa ana, hoʻi maila, a haʻi maila iā lākou nei. | The natives went and saw the chiefs drinking awa, and returned and told them. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.1 sent.2 | A laila, hoʻouna hou akula nō ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i ke kamaʻāina e hele hou e nānā i nā aliʻi, me ka ʻī aku naʻe, “E hele ʻoe e nānā a ʻike i nā aliʻi e hiamoe ana, a laila, hoʻi mai ʻoe, a hele pū aku kākou.” | Then Laielohelohe sent the natives again to go and see the chiefs, saying, "You go and find out where the chiefs sleep, then return to us." |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.1 sent.3 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a Lāʻielohelohe, a laila, hele akula ke kamaʻāina, a ʻike akula, ua hiamoe nā aliʻi, hoʻi akula a ʻōlelo akula iā Lāʻielohelohe. | And at her command, the natives went and found out where the chiefs slept, and returned and told Laielohelohe. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.1 sent.4 | I ia manawa, ʻakahi nō a haʻi aku ʻo ia i ke kamaʻāina, ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā kāna kāne male (hoʻāo). | Then for the first time she told the natives that she was Kekalukaluokewa's married wife. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.3 sent.2 | A komo akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe a noho ihola ma ke poʻo o lāua (Kekalukaluokēwā mā), honi ihola i ka ihu a uē malū ihola i loko ona, akā, ua hoʻohanini ʻia nā māpuna waimaka o Lāʻielohelohe no ka ʻike ʻana iho, he wahine ʻē kā kāna kāne. | Laielohelohe entered and sat down at their head, kissed him and wept quietly over him; but the fountain of her tears overflowed when she saw another woman sleeping by her husband, |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.3 sent.3 | ʻAʻole naʻe e hiki iā lāua ke ʻike aʻe i kēia, no ka mea, ua lumilumi ʻia lāua e ka ʻona a ka ʻawa. | nor did they know this; for they were drunk with awa. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.4 sent.1 | ʻO ia hoʻi, ʻaʻole e hiki iā Lāʻielohelohe ke hoʻomanawanui i kona ukiuki iā Hinaikamalama, no laila, komo akula ʻo ia ma waena o lāua a pale akula iā Hinaikamalama, hoʻohuli maila iā Kekalukaluokēwā, a apo akula i kāna kāne a hoʻāla akula. | Then Laielohelohe did not stay her anger against Hinaikamalama, so she got between them, pushed Hinaikamalama away, took Kekalukaluokewa and embraced him, and wakened him. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.5 sent.1 | A ʻike akula ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā iā Hinaikamalama e hele ana me ka maka kūkona, a laila, ʻī akula, “E Hinaikamalama, e holo ana ʻoe i ke aha me kou maka inaina? | When Kekalukaluokewa saw the anger in Hinaikamalama's eyes as she went, then he said, "O Hinaikamalama, will you run to people with angry eyes? |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.7 sent.1 | I ka wā naʻe i ala aʻe ai ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā mai ka hiamoe ʻona ʻawa aʻe a ʻike maila i ka wahine, iā Lāʻielohelohe, honi ihola ma ke ʻano mau o ka hiki malihini ʻana. | When Kekalukaluokewa awoke from his drunken sleep and saw his wife Laielohelohe, they kissed as strangers meet. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.7 sent.3 | Ua hāʻule ʻoe i ka hewa me ka haku o kāua (Kaʻōnohiokalā), a no laila, ua pono akula nō ʻoe me ia, a ua pono nō hoʻi wau ke noho aku ma lalo o ʻolua, no ka mea, nona mai kēia noho hanohano ʻana, a aia nō hoʻi iā ia ka make a me ke ola. | falling into sin with our lord, Kaonohiokala, and now this is well for you and him, and well for me to rule under you two; for from him this honor comes, and life and death are with him; |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.7 sent.4 | Kamaʻilio aku paha auaneʻi wau, ʻo ka make mai kā ia ala, no laila, ma kahi a ka haku o kāua e manaʻo ai, pono nō ke hoʻokō aku. | if I should object, he would kill me; therefore, whatever our lord wishes it is best for us to obey; |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.1 sent.12 | A no kēia mea, ua pono ka ʻōlelo a ka wahine i mua o kāna kāne, akā, ma kēia ʻōlelo hope a Lāʻielohelohe, i ia manawa, ua hoʻā ʻia ke ahi ʻenaʻena o ke aloha wela o Hinaikamalama no Kekalukaluokēwā, no ka mea, e kaʻawale ana lāua mai ko lāua launa hewa ʻana. | Now his wife's words seemed right to her husband; but at Laielohelohe's last request to separate them from their sinful companionship, then was kindled the fire of Hinaikamalama's hot love for Kekalukaluokewa. |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.2 sent.2 | I kēlā lā kēia lā o Hinaikamalama ma kona hale aliʻi, he mea mau ia ka noho ma ka puka o ka hale, a huli ke alo i Kaʻuiki, no ka mea, ua hoʻopuni ʻia ʻo ia e ke aloha wela. | every day that Hinaikamalama stayed at her chief-house, she was wont to sit at the door of the house and turn her face to Kauwiki, for the hot love that wrapped her about. |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.3 sent.1 | I kekahi lā, i ke aliʻi wahine e hoʻonānā ana i kona aloha iā Kekalukaluokēwā, piʻi aʻela ʻo ia a me kona mau kahu i luna o Kaiwiopele a noho ihola ma laila. | One day, as the princess sought to ease the love she bore to Kekalukaluokewa, she climbed Kaiwiopele with her attendants, and sat there |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.3 sent.2 | Huli akula ke alo i Kaʻuiki, nānā akula iā Kahalaʻoaka, a ʻo ke kau mai a ke ao i luna pono o Honokalani, i ia manawa, he mea ʻē ka māʻeʻele o ke aliʻi wahine i ke aloha no kāna ipo, a laila, oli aʻela ʻo ia he wahi mele penei: | with her face turned toward Kauwiki, facing Kahalaoaka, and as the clouds rested there right above Honokalani then the heart of the princess was benumbed with love for her lover; then she chanted a little song, as follows: |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.3 sent.3 | “Me he ao puapuaʻa lā ke aloha e kau nei, | Like a gathering cloud love settles upon me, |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.3 sent.6 | Ke hulahula nei kuʻu maka. | My eyes dance. |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.2 sent.2 | I ka lele aʻe a ke ehu kai o Hanualele, | As flies the sea spray of Hanualele, |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.3 sent.2 | Noho ihola lākou ma ia lā a ahiahi, hoʻi akula i ka hale, kēnā maila nā mākua a me nā kahu e ʻai, akā, ʻaʻole loaʻa iā ia ka ʻono o ka ʻai, no ka mea, ua pouli i ke aloha. | They sat there until evening, then they returned to the house; her parents and her attendants commanded her to eat, but she had no appetite for food because of her love. |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.4 sent.1 | A pēlā nō hoʻi ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā, no ka mea, iā Hinaikamalama i haʻalele aku ai iā Kekalukaluokēwā i ka pō a Lāʻielohelohe i hiki mai ai, ua pono ʻole ka manaʻo o ke aliʻi kāne. | It was the same with Kekalukaluokewa, for when Hinaikamalama left Kekalukaluokewa that night, when Laielohelohe came, the chief was not happy, |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.6 sent.1 | Iā Kekalukaluokēwā i hiki aku ai, pololei akula nō ʻo ia a ma kahi a ke aliʻi wahine e hiamoe ana, lālau akula i ka wahine ma ke poʻo, a hoʻāla akula. | When Kekalukaluokewa came, he went right to the place where the princess slept, took the woman by the head and wakened her. |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.6 sent.3 | I ia manawa, kāhea aʻela ʻo ia i nā kahu e hoʻā ke kukui, a ma ka wanaʻao, hoʻi akula ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā me kāna hānau kama (Lāʻielohelohe). | Then she called out to the attendants to light the lamps, and at dawn Kekalukaluokewa returned to his true wife, Laielohelohe. |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.7 sent.2 | I kekahi lā, kupu ka manaʻo aloha i kekahi wahine kamaʻāina no Lāʻielohelohe, no laila, hele maila ua kamaʻāina wahine nei e launa me ke aliʻi wahine. | One day one of the native-born women of the place felt pity for Laielohelohe, therefore the woman went to visit the princess. |
| Ch.33 p.181 para.1 sent.2 | ʻŌlelo hou ke kamaʻāina, “Malia paha he hoʻokamani.” | Said the woman again, "It may be he is deceiving you." |
| Ch.33 p.181 para.3 sent.1 | I ia manawa, ʻōlelo maopopo akula ke kamaʻāina, me ka ʻī aku, “ʻAuhea ʻoe. | Then the woman told her plainly, "Where are you? |
| Ch.33 p.181 para.3 sent.7 | A ma ia pō mai, i ka puka a ka mahina, ala aʻela wau me kaʻu kāne, a iho akula i ka paeaea ʻāweoweo ma ke kai o Haneoʻo. | On the next night, at moonrise, I got up with my husband, and we went to fish for red fish in the sea at Haneoo; |
| Ch.33 p.181 para.3 sent.8 | Iā māua e hele ana, a hiki i ke ʻalu kahawai, nānā akula māua, e hōʻea mai ana kēia mea ma luna o ke ʻāhua i hala hope iā māua. | as we came to the edge of the gulch, we saw some one appear above the rise we had just left; |
| Ch.33 p.181 para.3 sent.13 | Pau ia, i kēia lā hoʻi, ʻōlelo ponoʻī maila ke kahu o Hinaikamalama iaʻu, he kaikuahine no kuʻu kāne, anahulu aʻe nei ka launa ʻana o nā aliʻi. | that is all, and this day Hinaikamalama's own guard told me — my husband's sister she is — ten days the chiefs have been together; |
| Ch.34 p.183 para.1 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a ka wahine kamaʻāina, a laila, ua ʻano ʻē ko ke aliʻi wahine manaʻo. | And at the woman's words, the princess's mind was moved; |
| Ch.34 p.183 para.1 sent.3 | ʻĪ aku naʻe ʻo ia i ke kamaʻāina, “Malia i hoʻokina ai kuʻu kāne iaʻu i ka inu ʻawa. | She said to the woman, "No wonder my husband forces me to drink awa |
| Ch.34 p.183 para.3 sent.1 | A ʻike maila ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā he hiamoe ʻiʻo ko kāna wahine no ka ʻona ʻawa, i ia manawa, hoʻomaka hou ke kāne i kāna hana mau, a hele akula i o Hinaikamalama lā. | When Kekalukaluokewa thought that his wife was fast asleep under the effects of the awa, then he started to make his usual visit to Hinaikamalama. |
| Ch.34 p.183 para.4 sent.4 | A no laila, ua loaʻa maopopo aʻe nei ʻolua iaʻu, no laila, ke ʻōlelo nei wau iā ʻoe, ʻaʻole e pono iā kāua ke hoʻomanawanui i ka noho ʻana ma ʻaneʻi. | now I have found you two, I tell you it is not right to endure this any longer. |
| Ch.34 p.183 para.4 sent.5 | E pono iā kāua ke hoʻi i Kauaʻi, a no laila, e hoʻi kāua ʻānō.” | We had best return to Kauai; we must go at once." |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.1 sent.1 | ʻIke maila kāna kāne i ka maikaʻi o ka manaʻo o ke aliʻi wahine, kū aʻela lāua, a hoʻi akula i Honokalani. | Her husband saw that the princess was right; they arose and returned to Honokalani |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.6 sent.2 | Ua manaʻo aʻe ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ke kumu o kēia hele lōʻihi, ua pono ʻole lā ʻo Lāʻielohelohe me Kekalukaluokēwā. | she laid it to Laielohelohe's troubles with Kekalukaluokewa. |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.7 sent.5 | No laila, e hāʻawi mai ʻoe i ʻike noʻu, i ʻike hiki ke ʻike aku ma kahi mamao i ʻike au i ka pono o koʻu hoahānau.” | so give me power to see to that distant place to know how it is with my relatives." |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.1 sent.3 | Inā ua hiamoe, a laila, e hele aku ʻoe a komo i loko o ka heiau kapu, inā e ʻike aku ʻoe i ka ipu, ua ulana ʻia i ke ʻie, a ua haku ʻia ka hulu ma ka lihilihi o ke poʻi, ʻo ia ua ipu lā. | if she is asleep. then go into the taboo temple; if you see a gourd plaited with straw and feathers mounted on the edge of the cover, that is the gourd. |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.1 sent.6 | Ua ulana ʻia i ke ʻie, a hana ʻia i ka hulu. | they are plaited with straw and inwrought with feathers. |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.2 sent.1 | “A i kou hiki ʻana i kahi o ua ipu lā e kū ana, wehe aʻe ʻoe i ke poʻi, a laila, hoʻokomo iho ʻoe i ko poʻo i ka waha o ua ipu lā, a laila, kāhea iho ʻoe ma ka inoa o ua ipu lā,'E Laukapalili ē, hō mai i ka ʻike' | And when you come to where the gourd is standing take off the cover, then put your head into the mouth of the gourd and call out the name of the gourd, 'Laukapalili, Trembling Leaf, give me wisdom.' |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.2 sent.2 | A laila, loaʻa iā ʻoe ka ʻike e hiki iā ʻoe ke ʻike aku i kou kaikaina, a me nā mea a pau o lalo. | Then you shall see your sister and all that is happening below. |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.2 sent.4 | He mea mau naʻe iā Laukieleʻula, ma ka pō ʻo ia e ala ai e mālama i ua ipu lā o ka ʻike, a ma ke ao, he hiamoe. | Laukieleula was wont to watch the gourd of wisdom at night, and by day she slept. |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.3 sent.2 | A ʻike ihola kēlā ua hiamoe, hoʻokō aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ke kauoha a Moanalihaikawaokele, a hele akula ʻo ia e like me ka mea i aʻoaʻo ʻia mai iā ia. | When she saw she was asleep Laieikawai did as Moanalihaikawaokele had directed, and she went as he had instructed her. |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.4 sent.1 | A hiki kēia ma kahi o ka ipu, ka mea i kapa ʻia, “Kaipuokaʻike,” wehe aʻela kēia i ke poʻi o ka ipu, a kūpou ihola kona poʻo ma ka waha o ua ipu nei, a kāhea ihola ma ka inoa o ua ipu nei. | When she came to the gourd, the one called "the gourd of wisdom," she lifted the cover from the gourd and bent her head to the mouth of the gourd, and she called the name of the gourd, |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.5 sent.4 | ʻAkahi nō a maopopo iaʻu nā kumu a me ke kuleana o kona noho lōʻihi ʻana i lalo.” | for the first time I understand why his business takes him so long down below." |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.6 sent.2 | I ia manawa, kuʻu ʻia akula ke alanui mai Kahakaekaea aku a kū i mua o Kaʻōnohiokalā, i ia wā, ua lele koke ka ʻōʻili o Kaʻōnohiokalā no ke alanui i kuʻu ʻia mai i mua ona. | Then the pathway was let down from Kahakaekaea and dropped before Kaonohiokala; then Kaonohiokala's heart beat with fear, because the road dropped before him; |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.1 sent.3 | A i ka pau ʻana aʻe o ka pouli ma ka lewa, aia hoʻi, e kau mai ana ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele me Laukieleʻula, a me Lāʻieikawai i luna o ke alanui ānuenue. | And when the darkness was over, lo! Moanalihaikawaokele and Laukieleula and Laieikawai sat above the rainbow pathway. |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.2 sent.2 | I ia manawa, kāʻili ʻia akula ke alanui mai ona akula, ma muli o ka mana o kona makua kāne. | Then was the pathway taken from him through his father's supernatural might. |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.3 sent.1 | (Ua ʻōlelo ʻia ma kēia kaʻao, ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā ka lapu mua ma kēia mau moku, a ma ona lā nā lapu e ʻauana nei i kēia mau lā, ma ka hoʻohālike ʻana i ke ʻano o ka lapu, he ʻuhane ʻino.) | (In this story it is told how Kaonohiokala was the first ghost on these islands, and from his day to this, the ghosts wander from place to place, and they resemble evil spirits in their nature.) |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.5 sent.1 | Iā lākou ma Kahakaekaea, i kekahi manawa, nui maila ke aloha o Lāʻieikawai iā Lāʻielohelohe, akā, ʻaʻole e hiki ma kona manaʻo. | At Kahakaekaea, sometimes Laieikawai longed for Laielohelohe, but she could do nothing; |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.5 sent.3 | Nīnau aku naʻe ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele i ke kumu o kēia mea, a laila, haʻi akula ʻo ia, he maka uē kona no kona kaikaina. | Moanalihaikawaokele asked the reason for this: then she told him she wept for her sister. |
| Ch.34 p.191 para.1 sent.2 | E noho malū ʻoe a hiki i kou manawa e make ai, a ma kēia lā aku, ʻaʻole e kapa ʻia kou inoa ʻo Lāʻieikawai, akā, ʻo kou inoa mau ʻo KAWAHINEOKALIʻULĀ, a ma ia inoa ou e kūkulu aku ai kou hanauna iā ʻoe, a ʻo ʻoe nō ke akua o kou mau hanauna.” | and live virgin until your death, and from this time forth your name shall be no longer called Laieikawai, but your name shall be 'The Woman of the Twilight,' and by this name shall all your kin bow down to you and you shall be like a god to them." |
| Ch.34 p.191 para.1 sent.3 | A pau kēia kauoha, lawe aʻela ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele a kau akula i luna o ke alanui, a kau pū akula me Moanalihaikawaokele, a kuʻu ʻia maila i lalo nei. | And after this command, Moanalihaikawaokele took her, and both together mounted upon the pathway and returned below. |
| Ch.34 p.191 para.3 sent.1 | I ia manawa, hoʻoili akula ʻo Kawahineokaliʻulā i ke aupuni i ka makāula, ʻo Lāʻieikawai hoʻi ka mea i kapa ʻia ʻo Kawahineokaliʻulā, ua noho ʻo ia ma kona ʻano akua, a ma ona lā i kūkulu aku ai ka makāula, a me kona hanauna e like me ka ʻōlelo a Moanalihaikawaokele iā ia. | Then, The Woman of the Twilight placed the government upon the seer; so did Laieikawai, the one called The Woman of the Twilight, and she lived as a god, and to her the seer bowed down and her kindred, according to Moanalihaikawaokele's word to her. |
| Ch.34 p.191 para.4 sent.2 | A mai ia manawa mai a hiki i kēia mau lā, ke hoʻomana ʻia nei nō e kekahi poʻe ma ka inoa ʻo Kawahineokaliʻulā (Lāʻieikawai). | And from that time to this she is still worshiped as The Woman of the Twilight. |